Independent English edition

From Varieties to Schemes: An Original Editorial Companion

Prerequisite bridge, mastery route, solved integrative problems and Stacks capstone

Independent editorial companion; source references credited individually

Contents

About this editorial companion

This is the English translation of the original editorial companion. Its independent post-translation source review is complete. Build and publication remain separate gates; this text does not by itself claim a completed public English release or an English-edition DOI.

This book is an original editorial companion for moving from varieties and coordinate rings to sheaves, schemes, and cohomology. Its bridge explanations, new solutions, integrative problems, and capstone were independently written by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This is not an additional lecture course by Holger Brenner or a retranslation of the source course.

The referenced lectures, problem statements, theorems, and public solutions are by Holger Brenner, chiefly from Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie (Osnabrück 2019-2020). Links to the complete BGK reader are retained for the separate HTML reader with all its source credits in the integrated edition. Their assigned targets have passed independent source review; build and publication status is recorded separately. These links identify specific sections, not answers that must be sought elsewhere. Source solutions remain source solutions; new editorial answers are not assigned the source author’s name or endorsement.

Organisation and study route

Begin with the prerequisite bridge. It distinguishes closed points from all prime points, functions from sections, stalks from fibres, and local rings from residue fields. Then follow the mastery bank in the order of BGK Units 2–15, followed by 23–27. These remain the source course numbers; the jump from 15 to 23 neither renumbers the course nor claims that Units 16–22 do not exist.

Each unit on this route has exactly three mastery items. There are 44 new editorial solutions + 13 public source solutions = 57 items across 19 route units. Seventeen units require new solution files; Units 8 and 11 already have three public solutions each counted here, so no new bank was created for either unit.

BGK unit New editorial solutions Source solutions counted Total
2 2 solutions 2.4 3
3 2 solutions 3.1 3
4 3 solutions None 3
5 2 solutions 5.5 3
6 3 solutions None 3
7 2 solutions 7.14 3
8 0 8.3, 8.4, 8.11 3
9 3 solutions None 3
10 3 solutions None 3
11 0 11.9, 11.13, 11.14 3
12 1 solution 12.5, 12.10 3
13 3 solutions None 3
14 3 solutions None 3
15 3 solutions None 3
23 3 solutions None 3
24 3 solutions None 3
25 2 solutions 25.1 3
26 3 solutions None 3
27 3 solutions None 3
Total 44 13 57

Attempt each problem before opening its solution. When checking your answer, write down the domain and codomain of every map, the base ring, and the hypotheses that allow a denominator to be inverted. The pitfall and check notes in each item help identify steps that still need proof; they are not additional problems in the count of 57 items.

Twelve integrative problems and one capstone

After the mastery bank, work through the following twelve integrative problems, each with a complete solution. They are independently written synthesis problems, not additions to Brenner’s problem list.

  1. From varieties and coordinate rings to affine schemes.
  2. Affine gluing and compatibility conditions.
  3. The projective line from two affine charts.
  4. The affine line with doubled origin.
  5. Morphisms of locally ringed spaces.
  6. Krull dimension and geometric examples.
  7. Quasicoherent sheaves and module localisation.
  8. A Čech calculation with explicit signs and quotient.
  9. A computable example of projective cohomology.
  10. Euler characteristic and an exact sequence.
  11. A classical projective curve and its scheme.
  12. Tracing sources and reconstructing hypotheses.

Finish with one integrated capstone on permanent Stacks tags and proving that a neighbourhood is affine. Its seven stages are parts of one exercise, not seven capstones. The complete answers and oral-proof rubric are for self-study; the rubric does not require a human assessor’s presence or approval. The Stacks Project Authors are credited as the authors of the downstream reference; Stacks is not a translated source course.

Thus the 57 mastery items, 12 integrative problems, one capstone, and prerequisite bridge are distinct companion layers. No new course units or official PDF pages are added: the two source courses still total 60 units and 602 official PDF pages, as frozen in the source edition. This companion does not change source problem, theorem, or unit numbers.

Terminology, sources, and usage rights

Use the BGK terminology guide alongside local definitions. Sheaf, presheaf, stalk, fibre, section, restriction, ring, field, and ringed space denote different types of objects; matching words do not replace hypotheses. Each new item points to the source problem or theorem it uses, together with the relevant revision identity or frozen witness. Source notes correcting formulas must still be read alongside the statements.

This original editorial material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. The problem statements used, course translations, source editorial contributions, and media components in the BGK reader retain their respective credits and rights as recorded there; the companion’s licence does not remove or replace source-component rights. The stated identities and revision links allow readers to trace the sources without treating editorial answers as the source author’s public answers.

The provenance of production and AI-assisted review of this editorial layer is OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No claim is made that Holger Brenner, The Stacks Project Authors, Wikiversity, the Wikimedia Foundation, or a source institution endorses this companion, wrote its new answers, or has performed human review of it.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

From varieties to schemes: what changes?

This bridge connects the starting point of a reader of classical algebraic geometry with the language of sheaves and schemes. It is an independently written bridge explanation, not a translation of an additional lecture by Holger Brenner. The algebraic prerequisites are prime and maximal ideals, quotient rings, and localisation. All rings here are commutative with identity; ring homomorphisms preserve the identity.

1. Coordinate rings are not discarded

For the classical comparison in this section only, take an algebraically closed field kk and a nonempty affine algebraic set VknV\subseteq k^n. Its coordinate ring is

A=k[V]=k[x1,,xn]/I(V), A=k[V]=k[x_1,\ldots,x_n]/I(V),

where I(V)I(V) is the ideal of all polynomials vanishing on VV. Then AA is reduced: if fmf^m vanishes on VV, every value f(a)f(a) in the field kk is also zero, so fI(V)f\in I(V). If the term variety in the source requires irreducibility, impose that condition too; in that case AA is an integral domain. Reduced and integral domain are not synonyms.

The prerequisite theorem connecting algebra with classical points is the Nullstellensatz: for an ideal Jk[x1,,xn]J\subseteq k[x_1,\ldots,x_n], I(V(J))=JI(V(J))=\sqrt J, and maximal ideals have the form (x1a1,,xnan)(x_1-a_1,\ldots,x_n-a_n) with aika_i\in k. Consequently,

aV𝔪a={fA:f(a)=0}MaxSpec(A). a\in V\quad\longleftrightarrow\quad \mathfrak m_a=\{f\in A:f(a)=0\}\in\operatorname{MaxSpec}(A).

The scheme construction keeps the same AA, but its space is

X=Spec(A)={𝔭A:𝔭 is a prime ideal}. X=\operatorname{Spec}(A) =\{\mathfrak p\subset A:\mathfrak p\text{ is a prime ideal}\}.

On this space, V(J)={𝔭:J𝔭}V(J)=\{\mathfrak p:J\subseteq\mathfrak p\} is closed, while the sets D(f)={𝔭:f𝔭}D(f)=\{\mathfrak p:f\notin\mathfrak p\} form an open basis. On a spectrum, V(J)V(J) denotes a set of prime ideals; do not immediately read it as a set of tuples in knk^n.

2. Closed points and generic points

The closure of a point 𝔭\mathfrak p is V(𝔭)V(\mathfrak p): a closed set V(J)V(J) contains 𝔭\mathfrak p exactly when J𝔭J\subseteq\mathfrak p. Thus closed points are precisely maximal ideals. The classical comparison above identifies VV with the subspace of closed points of XX, not with all of XX.

For example, for A=k[t]A=k[t] with kk algebraically closed, the points are (ta)(t-a), aka\in k, and one extra point η=(0)\eta=(0). The closure of η\eta is the entire spectrum. This point records the whole line as one irreducible closed subspace; it is not a new number to be added to kk. More generally, 𝔭\mathfrak p is the generic point of V(𝔭)V(\mathfrak p).

If kk is not algebraically closed, closed points need not be valued in kk. For example, (t2+1)(t^2+1) is a maximal ideal of [t]\mathbb R[t] with residue field [t]/(t2+1)\mathbb R[t]/(t^2+1)\cong\mathbb C. Always specify the base field before identifying closed points with kk-rational points. The topological foundation is found in Brenner, Proposition 8.5.

3. From functions to sheaf sections

A presheaf \mathcal F assigns an object (U)\mathcal F(U) to every open set and restriction maps to smaller open sets. Identity restrictions must be identities, and successive restriction must equal direct restriction. A sheaf adds two conditions: sections that are locally equal are equal; local sections agreeing on every overlap have exactly one gluing. This is the content needed from Brenner, Definition 4.1.

For X=Spec(A)X=\operatorname{Spec}(A), the structure sheaf 𝒪X\mathcal O_X is determined on the open basis by

Γ(D(f),𝒪X)=Af,Γ(X,𝒪X)=A. \Gamma(D(f),\mathcal O_X)=A_f, \qquad \Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X)=A.

The denominator ff may be inverted precisely where it does not belong to the prime ideal of the point. On a general open set, a section is represented by compatible local fractions; do not require one denominator to work on the entire open set. The basis formula and its restrictions hold for any commutative ring, including rings with zero divisors; see Brenner, Lemma 9.12 and Stacks, tag 01HV.

The term function remains useful, but section emphasises that the object belongs to a sheaf on an open set. On a general scheme, a section is not merely a list of values in one fixed field.

4. Stalks, local rings, residue fields, and fibres

The stalk 𝔭\mathcal F_{\mathfrak p} records germs of sections around 𝔭\mathfrak p: two representatives agree if their restrictions agree on some smaller neighbourhood. For the structure sheaf,

𝒪X,𝔭=A𝔭,𝔪𝔭=𝔭A𝔭,κ(𝔭)=A𝔭/𝔭A𝔭Frac(A/𝔭). \mathcal O_{X,\mathfrak p}=A_{\mathfrak p}, \qquad \mathfrak m_{\mathfrak p}=\mathfrak pA_{\mathfrak p}, \qquad \kappa(\mathfrak p) =A_{\mathfrak p}/\mathfrak pA_{\mathfrak p} \cong\operatorname{Frac}(A/\mathfrak p).

The local ring records all germs, whereas the residue field records only values at the point. Evaluation is the composite 𝒪X(U)𝒪X,𝔭κ(𝔭)\mathcal O_X(U)\to\mathcal O_{X,\mathfrak p}\to\kappa(\mathfrak p) for 𝔭U\mathfrak p\in U. The affine line illustrates the difference:

Point of Spec(k[t])\operatorname{Spec}(k[t]) Local ring Residue field
η=(0)\eta=(0) k(t)k(t) k(t)k(t)
(ta)(t-a), aka\in k k[t](ta)k[t]_{(t-a)} kk

At aa, the germ tat-a is nonzero in the local ring, but its value in the residue field is zero. For a sheaf of modules \mathcal F, the fibre at the point is 𝔭𝒪X,𝔭κ(𝔭)\mathcal F_{\mathfrak p}\otimes_{\mathcal O_{X,\mathfrak p}} \kappa(\mathfrak p), not the stalk itself. For example, the stalk of 𝒪X\mathcal O_X at aa is k[t](ta)k[t]_{(t-a)}, while its fibre is kk. This sheaf fibre must also be distinguished from the fibre of a scheme morphism. See Brenner, Definition 3.22, Definition 7.13, and Lemma 9.10.

5. Why nilpotents must not be silently removed

Take any field kk and B=k[ε]/(ε2)B=k[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2). Every prime ideal contains ε\varepsilon, so Spec(B)\operatorname{Spec}(B) has only the point (ε)(\varepsilon). Its topological space is the same as the one-point space Spec(k)\operatorname{Spec}(k), but their global section rings differ: they are BB and kk, respectively. The section ε\varepsilon is nonzero, although its value in the only residue field is zero. Thus even all point values need not determine a section.

A ring is reduced if it has no nonzero nilpotents; a scheme is reduced if all its local rings are reduced. The scheme Spec(B)\operatorname{Spec}(B) above is nonreduced because BB itself is local and ε0\varepsilon\ne0 in it. Replacing a ring AA by Ared=A/(0)A_{\mathrm{red}}=A/\sqrt{(0)} preserves the topological space of its spectrum: all prime ideals contain (0)\sqrt{(0)}, and the prime-ideal correspondence for the quotient preserves closed sets. Its structure sheaf can nevertheless change, as the example BB shows. This is the information lost if geometry is remembered only as the zero set of equations.

6. Gluing objects and pulling back sections

A ringed space is a pair (X,𝒪X)(X,\mathcal O_X); it is locally ringed if every stalk of its structure sheaf is a local ring. A scheme is a space locally isomorphic to a spectrum with its structure sheaf. Here isomorphic concerns both space and sheaf, not merely a homeomorphism.

To construct a scheme from pieces XiX_i, specify open subsets UijXiU_{ij}\subseteq X_i and isomorphisms φij:UijUji\varphi_{ij}:U_{ij}\to U_{ji}. Besides identities and inverses, on every triple overlap the domains must agree and φjkφij=φik\varphi_{jk}\circ\varphi_{ij}=\varphi_{ik} must hold. Gluing points alone is insufficient: the structure sheaves must also be glued by the same isomorphisms. Every point then still has an affine neighbourhood. This local condition does not ensure that the entire glued space is affine. The source definition is Brenner, Definition 10.1; the capstone that follows examines a global example.

A scheme morphism f:XYf:X\to Y consists of a continuous map and a sheaf map

f#:𝒪Yf*𝒪X,(f*𝒪X)(V)=𝒪X(f1(V)), f^\#: \mathcal O_Y\longrightarrow f_*\mathcal O_X, \qquad (f_*\mathcal O_X)(V)=\mathcal O_X(f^{-1}(V)),

inducing at every xx a local homomorphism 𝒪Y,f(x)𝒪X,x\mathcal O_{Y,f(x)}\to\mathcal O_{X,x}. Local means that the inverse image of the target maximal ideal is the source maximal ideal. This is not merely an extra condition on the point map; it connects that map with pullback of sections. Compare Brenner, Definition 7.15.

In the affine case, α:AB\alpha:A\to B gives a map in the opposite direction, f:Spec(B)Spec(A)f:\operatorname{Spec}(B)\to\operatorname{Spec}(A), with f(𝔮)=α1(𝔮)f(\mathfrak q)=\alpha^{-1}(\mathfrak q). Indeed, f1(D(a))=D(α(a))f^{-1}(D(a))=D(\alpha(a)), and the section map is AaBα(a)A_a\to B_{\alpha(a)}. On stalks, the map Aα1(𝔮)B𝔮A_{\alpha^{-1}(\mathfrak q)}\to B_{\mathfrak q} is local because a numerator belongs to the source prime ideal exactly when its image belongs to 𝔮\mathfrak q. Existence and uniqueness of this morphism are Brenner, Corollary 10.10. For geometry over kk, use kk-algebra homomorphisms, not ring homomorphisms that forget the base structure.

A short orientation check with answers

Is (0)(0) on the affine line closed? No: its closure is the whole line. Is tt zero as a germ at (t)(t)? No; only its evaluation is zero. Must two schemes with one-point topological spaces be isomorphic? No: Spec(k)\operatorname{Spec}(k) and Spec(k[ε]/(ε2))\operatorname{Spec}(k[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2)) have different section rings. Is it correct to replace the direction ABA\to B with Spec(A)Spec(B)\operatorname{Spec}(A)\to\operatorname{Spec}(B)? No; the spectrum direction is reversed. These four answers test four main transitions; they do not add counted exercises to the mastery bank.

Provenance, rights, and source route

This explanation was produced by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. and is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0 as an original editorial layer. Definitions and results referenced from Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie remain credited to Holger Brenner; contributor and translation credits and source-component rights are unchanged. The frozen-version references used are Lecture 3, revision 793623, Lecture 4, revision 1003714, Lecture 7, revision 1003731, Lecture 8, revision 793632, Lecture 9, revision 793634, and Lecture 10, revision 1003733. Stacks is a downstream reference by The Stacks Project Authors, not a lecture source translated here; its rights remain separately in force. No endorsement, authorship, or human review by source authors or institutions is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK Unit 2 mastery bank

The problem statements below come from Holger Brenner’s course. The worked solutions and checking notes were prepared independently by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.; they are not translations of Brenner’s public solutions. The author and source-contributor credits remain applicable, including Bocardodarapti as the contributor to the frozen worksheet revision. This editorial material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0 and implies neither endorsement by the author or source institutions nor human authorship or review.

This unit counts three mastery items: two new editorial solutions to Exercises 2.1 and 2.2, and the already translated public source solution to Exercise 2.4. Solution 2.4 continues to count as a source solution and is neither copied nor labelled as new editorial work here. Neither selected exercise has a public solution in the frozen source map.

The prerequisites are the definitions of a real vector bundle and local trivialisation, and Definition 2.1 on continuous sections. The base space is not assumed to be Hausdorff.

New item 1 - Nowhere-zero sections and triviality of line bundles

Source: Exercise 2.1. Statement identifier: Reelles Geradenbündel/Trivial/Nullstellenfreier Schnitt/Aufgabe. Fixed witness: revision 1048817, source page 111598. The exercise number is determined by frozen worksheet revision 602852; the revision of the transcluded statement is recorded separately above.

Source statement

Show that a real line bundle LXL\to X over a topological space XX is trivial if and only if it has a continuous section that is nowhere zero.

Complete editorial solution

Write the bundle projection as p:LXp:L\to X. Each fibre Lx=p1(x)L_x=p^{-1}(x) is a one-dimensional real vector space. The nowhere-zero condition means s(x)0xs(x)\ne0_x in each fibre, not avoidance of a single zero point common to the whole total space.

First direction. If the bundle is trivial, there is a bundle isomorphism

τ:LX× \tau:L\longrightarrow X\times\mathbb R

that preserves the base point and is linear on each fibre. Set s(x):=τ1(x,1)s(x):=\tau^{-1}(x,1). This map is continuous as the composite of x(x,1)x\mapsto(x,1) and τ1\tau^{-1}. Since τ\tau is over XX, we have p(s(x))=xp(s(x))=x, so ss is a section. The linear isomorphism τx:Lx\tau_x:L_x\to\mathbb R sends 0x0_x to 00, whereas τx(s(x))=1\tau_x(s(x))=1. Thus the section is nowhere zero.

Conversely. Let ss be a nowhere-zero continuous section. Define

Φ:X×L,Φ(x,t)=ts(x). \Phi:X\times\mathbb R\longrightarrow L, \qquad \Phi(x,t)=t\,s(x).

Since s(x)s(x) is a basis of the one-dimensional space LxL_x, the map tts(x)t\mapsto t\,s(x) is a linear isomorphism Lx\mathbb R\to L_x. Thus Φ\Phi is bijective and linear on each fibre. We must still prove that Φ\Phi and its inverse are continuous; a continuous bijection alone is not enough to give a bundle isomorphism.

Take any local trivialisation

τU:p1(U)U× \tau_U:p^{-1}(U)\longrightarrow U\times\mathbb R

with UXU\subseteq X open. In these coordinates, the section ss has the form

τU(s(x))=(x,a(x)),xU, \tau_U(s(x))=(x,a(x)),\qquad x\in U,

for a continuous function a:Ua:U\to\mathbb R. Its continuity follows from that of τUs|U\tau_U\circ s|_U and the second-coordinate projection. Since ss is nowhere zero, a(x)0a(x)\ne0 throughout UU. In these coordinates, Φ\Phi and its inverse are given by

(x,t)(x,ta(x)),(x,b)(x,ba(x)). (x,t)\longmapsto(x,t\,a(x)), \qquad (x,b)\longmapsto\left(x,\frac{b}{a(x)}\right).

Both formulas are continuous: multiplication in \mathbb R is continuous, and x1/a(x)x\mapsto1/a(x) is continuous because aa is nowhere zero. The sets U×U\times\mathbb R form an open cover of the domain of Φ\Phi, while the sets p1(U)p^{-1}(U) form an open cover of the domain of its inverse. Continuity on an open cover gives global continuity in both directions.

Hence Φ\Phi is a bundle isomorphism X×LX\times\mathbb R\cong L, and LL is trivial. Both directions have been proved.

Pitfalls and checks

Choosing a nonzero vector separately in every fibre does not yet produce a continuous section. It is continuity that ensures the coordinate function aa and the inverse trivialisation are continuous. Check the inverse formula in one chart using

ta(x)a(x)=t,ba(x)a(x)=b. \frac{t\,a(x)}{a(x)}=t, \qquad \frac{b}{a(x)}\,a(x)=b.

Rank one is used precisely when a single nonzero vector is declared to be a basis. In higher rank, a single nowhere-zero section does not by itself trivialise the whole bundle.

New item 2 - The image of a section is a closed subspace

Source: Exercise 2.2. Statement identifier: Reelles Vektorbündel/Schnitt/Abgeschlossene Teilmenge/Aufgabe. Fixed witness: revision 1048838, source page 111631. The exercise number comes from frozen worksheet revision 602852.

Source statement

Let s:XVs:X\to V be a continuous section of a real vector bundle p:VXp:V\to X over a topological space XX. Show that the image s(X)Vs(X)\subseteq V is a closed subset homeomorphic to XX.

Complete editorial solution

Homeomorphism with the base. If s(x)=s(y)s(x)=s(y), apply pp and use ps=IdXp\circ s=\operatorname{Id}_X to obtain x=yx=y. Thus the map

s:Xs(X),xs(x), \bar s:X\longrightarrow s(X),\qquad x\longmapsto s(x),

is bijective. It is continuous for the subspace topology on s(X)s(X): if OO is open in VV, then s1(Os(X))=s1(O)\bar s^{-1}(O\cap s(X))=s^{-1}(O) is open in XX. Its inverse is the continuous restriction

p|s(X):s(X)X. p|_{s(X)}:s(X)\longrightarrow X.

Indeed, p(s(x))=xp(s(x))=x, and if v=s(x)s(X)v=s(x)\in s(X), then s(p(v))=s(x)=vs(p(v))=s(x)=v. Hence s\bar s is a homeomorphism.

Closedness in the total space. Take a local trivialisation

τU:p1(U)U×r. \tau_U:p^{-1}(U)\longrightarrow U\times\mathbb R^r.

There is a continuous map f:Urf:U\to\mathbb R^r with τU(s(x))=(x,f(x))\tau_U(s(x))=(x,f(x)). Moreover,

s(X)p1(U)=s(U), s(X)\cap p^{-1}(U)=s(U),

because s(x)p1(U)s(x)\in p^{-1}(U) exactly when x=p(s(x))Ux=p(s(x))\in U. Therefore τU(s(U))\tau_U(s(U)) is the graph

Graph(f)={(x,v)U×rv=f(x)}. \operatorname{Graph}(f) =\{(x,v)\in U\times\mathbb R^r\mid v=f(x)\}.

The map

h:U×rr,h(x,v)=vf(x) h:U\times\mathbb R^r\longrightarrow\mathbb R^r, \qquad h(x,v)=v-f(x)

is continuous. Since {0}\{0\} is closed in r\mathbb R^r, this graph is the closed subset

Graph(f)=h1({0}) \operatorname{Graph}(f)=h^{-1}(\{0\})

of U×rU\times\mathbb R^r. Via the homeomorphism τU\tau_U, it follows that s(X)p1(U)s(X)\cap p^{-1}(U) is closed in p1(U)p^{-1}(U).

The sets p1(U)p^{-1}(U) from all the trivialisations form an open cover of VV. On each such set,

(V\s(X))p1(U) (V\setminus s(X))\cap p^{-1}(U)

is open in p1(U)p^{-1}(U), hence also open in VV. Their union is V\s(X)V\setminus s(X). Thus the complement of s(X)s(X) is open, and s(X)s(X) is closed in VV.

Pitfalls and checks

Do not infer closedness from ps=IdXp\circ s=\operatorname{Id}_X alone. For general continuous maps, this identity gives a topological embedding, but does not by itself give a closed image. Here the proof uses the local model U×rU\times\mathbb R^r and the closedness of {0}\{0\} in a real vector space. The base space XX need not be Hausdorff.

As a check, if ss is the zero section, then f=0f=0 and h(x,v)=vh(x,v)=v. The local statement becomes the closedness of U×{0}U\times\{0\}, exactly as expected.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK Unit 3 mastery bank

The problem statements come from Holger Brenner’s course. The following worked solutions and checking notes were prepared independently by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra.; they are not translations of public source solutions. The source credits remain applicable, including Bocardodarapti as the contributor to the frozen worksheet revision. This editorial material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0 and implies neither endorsement by the author or source institutions nor human authorship or review.

The three mastery items for Unit 3 comprise the two new editorial solutions here to Exercises 3.3 and 3.16, together with the already translated public source solution to Exercise 3.1. Solution 3.1 continues to count as a source solution and is not repeated here. The frozen source map states that Exercises 3.3 and 3.16 have no public solutions.

The prerequisites used are the gluing data for the Möbius strip from Unit 2, the definition of the tensor product of bundles, and the definitions of a presheaf and a stalk in terms of germ classes. Neither the sheaf property nor cohomology is required.

New item 1 - The tensor square of the Möbius strip

Source: Exercise 3.3. Statement identifier: Möbiusband/Tensorprodukt/Trivial/Aufgabe. Fixed witness: revision 846097, source page 111727. The exercise number is determined by frozen worksheet revision 619301.

Source statement

Show that the tensor product of the Möbius strip with itself is a trivial line bundle.

Complete editorial solution

Write LS1L\to S^1 for the real line bundle of the Möbius strip, with

S1={(x,y)2x2+y2=1}. S^1=\{(x,y)\in\mathbb R^2\mid x^2+y^2=1\}.

Use the cover and gluing data from Example 2.11:

U=S1\{(0,1)},V=S1\{(0,1)}. U=S^1\setminus\{(0,1)\}, \qquad V=S^1\setminus\{(0,-1)\}.

On UVU\cap V we have x0x\ne0. If tUt_U and tVt_V are the fibre coordinates in the two trivialisations, the transition convention is

tV=ε(x,y)tU,ε(x,y)={1,x>0,1,x<0. t_V=\varepsilon(x,y)t_U, \qquad \varepsilon(x,y)= \begin{cases} 1,&x>0,\\ -1,&x<0. \end{cases}

The function ε\varepsilon is continuous on the intersection, since its two components are open and the formula is constant on each component.

By Definition 3.2, the transition map of LLL\otimes L is obtained by tensoring the two transition maps. On a fibre, the map on pure tensors is

ab(εa)(εb)=ε2(ab)=ab. a\otimes b\longmapsto (\varepsilon a)\otimes(\varepsilon b) =\varepsilon^2(a\otimes b)=a\otimes b.

Pure tensors span the tensor product, so this map is the identity on all of \mathbb R\otimes_{\mathbb R}\mathbb R. Under the linear identification ababa\otimes b\mapsto ab, the fibre is \mathbb R, and the tensor-bundle transition is always 11, on both components of the intersection.

Here is the resulting global trivialisation. Let eU(p)e_U(p) and eV(p)e_V(p) be the local basis vectors of LpL_p with coordinate 11 in their respective charts. Since coordinates change according to the formula above, on the intersection we have

eU(p)=ε(p)eV(p). e_U(p)=\varepsilon(p)e_V(p).

Hence

eU(p)eU(p)=ε(p)2eV(p)eV(p)=eV(p)eV(p). e_U(p)\otimes e_U(p) =\varepsilon(p)^2 e_V(p)\otimes e_V(p) =e_V(p)\otimes e_V(p).

Thus the following two rules define a single well-defined map:

Φ:LLS1×,aeU(p)eU(p)(p,a)(pU),aeV(p)eV(p)(p,a)(pV). \begin{aligned} \Phi:L\otimes L&\longrightarrow S^1\times\mathbb R,\\ a\,e_U(p)\otimes e_U(p)&\longmapsto(p,a) \quad(p\in U),\\ a\,e_V(p)\otimes e_V(p)&\longmapsto(p,a) \quad(p\in V). \end{aligned}

In each chart, Φ\Phi is a trivialisation, so it is continuous and a linear bijection on every fibre. Its inverse is given by the two local formulas

(p,a)aeU(p)eU(p),(p,a)aeV(p)eV(p), (p,a)\longmapsto a\,e_U(p)\otimes e_U(p), \qquad (p,a)\longmapsto a\,e_V(p)\otimes e_V(p),

which are continuous and agree on the intersection. Local continuity on an open cover gives global continuity in both directions. Thus Φ\Phi is an isomorphism of line bundles, and

LLS1×. L\otimes L\cong S^1\times\mathbb R.

Pitfalls and checks

The tensor product is not the direct sum. The rank of LLL\otimes L is 11=11\cdot1=1, whereas the rank of LLL\oplus L is 1+1=21+1=2. The calculation (1)(1)=1(-1)(-1)=1 here is a calculation of tensor-product transitions, not a new gluing instruction for a picture of the strip.

As a check, the local sections eUeUe_U\otimes e_U and eVeVe_V\otimes e_V agree on the intersection and are nonzero in every fibre. Together they give a nowhere-zero global continuous section. New item 1 for Unit 2 provides a second check that this line bundle is trivial.

New item 2 - Stalks of the product of two presheaves

Source: Exercise 3.16. Statement identifier: Prägarbe/Produkt/Halm/Aufgabe. Fixed witness: revision 1083990, source page 111822. The exercise number comes from frozen worksheet revision 619301.

Source statement

Let \mathcal F and 𝒢\mathcal G be presheaves on a topological space XX, and let ×𝒢\mathcal F\times\mathcal G be their product presheaf. Show that for every point PXP\in X,

(×𝒢)P=P×𝒢P. (\mathcal F\times\mathcal G)_P =\mathcal F_P\times\mathcal G_P.

Complete editorial solution

We prove the source equality by constructing a canonical bijection, meaning a bijection independent of the choice of neighbourhoods or germ representatives. There is no hypothesis that \mathcal F or 𝒢\mathcal G is a sheaf; it is enough that both are presheaves of sets.

On an open set UU, the value of the product presheaf is (U)×𝒢(U)\mathcal F(U)\times\mathcal G(U), and restriction is componentwise. For VUV\subseteq U, the formula is

(s,t)|V=(s|V,t|V). (s,t)|_V=(s|_V,t|_V).

The identity and composition properties of restrictions follow from those of the two presheaves. Thus the product object is indeed a presheaf.

By Definition 3.21 and Definition 3.22, a germ sPPs_P\in\mathcal F_P is represented by a section s(U)s\in\mathcal F(U) on an open neighbourhood UU of PP. Representatives s(U)s\in\mathcal F(U) and s(U)s'\in\mathcal F(U') give the same germ exactly when there is an open neighbourhood WW with PWUUP\in W\subseteq U\cap U' and s|W=s|Ws|_W=s'|_W.

The canonical map. Define

Θ:(×𝒢)PP×𝒢P,(s,t)P(sP,tP). \Theta:(\mathcal F\times\mathcal G)_P \longrightarrow\mathcal F_P\times\mathcal G_P, \qquad (s,t)_P\longmapsto(s_P,t_P).

If the pairs (s,t)(s,t) and (s,t)(s',t') have the same germ, they agree after restriction to some common neighbourhood. Their components also agree there, so sP=sPs_P=s'_P and tP=tPt_P=t'_P. Hence Θ\Theta is well-defined.

Surjectivity. Take any (a,b)P×𝒢P(a,b)\in\mathcal F_P\times\mathcal G_P. Choose a representative s(U)s\in\mathcal F(U) of aa and t𝒢(V)t\in\mathcal G(V) of bb, with PUP\in U and PVP\in V. They may not yet have the same domain. Since UVU\cap V is still an open neighbourhood of PP, we have a pair

(s|UV,t|UV)(×𝒢)(UV). (s|_{U\cap V},t|_{U\cap V}) \in(\mathcal F\times\mathcal G)(U\cap V).

The germ of this pair is sent by Θ\Theta to (a,b)(a,b): restriction to a smaller neighbourhood does not change the germ. Thus Θ\Theta is surjective.

Injectivity. Suppose (s,t)(×𝒢)(U)(s,t)\in(\mathcal F\times\mathcal G)(U) and (s,t)(×𝒢)(U)(s',t')\in(\mathcal F\times\mathcal G)(U') have the same image under Θ\Theta. This means

sP=sP,tP=tP. s_P=s'_P,\qquad t_P=t'_P.

The first equality gives an open neighbourhood PWUUP\in W_{\mathcal F}\subseteq U\cap U' with s|W=s|Ws|_{W_{\mathcal F}}=s'|_{W_{\mathcal F}}. The second equality gives an open neighbourhood PW𝒢UUP\in W_{\mathcal G}\subseteq U\cap U' with t|W𝒢=t|W𝒢t|_{W_{\mathcal G}}=t'|_{W_{\mathcal G}}. Set

W:=WW𝒢. W:=W_{\mathcal F}\cap W_{\mathcal G}.

The set WW is still an open neighbourhood of PP. Restricting once more and using composition of restrictions, both equalities hold simultaneously on WW. Hence

(s,t)|W=(s|W,t|W)=(s|W,t|W)=(s,t)|W. (s,t)|_W=(s|_W,t|_W) =(s'|_W,t'|_W)=(s',t')|_W.

Thus (s,t)P=(s,t)P(s,t)_P=(s',t')_P, and Θ\Theta is injective. Together with surjectivity, this proves the required canonical bijection.

Explicitly, its inverse sends the pair of germs (sP,tP)(s_P,t_P) to the germ (s|UV,t|UV)P(s|_{U\cap V},t|_{U\cap V})_P. The injectivity just proved ensures that the result is independent of the chosen representatives. Thus all choices in the construction of the inverse have been checked.

Pitfalls and checks

Do not pair two representatives before making their domains agree. A section on UU and a section on VV yield a section of the product only after both have been restricted to UVU\cap V.

The decisive step is taking a finite intersection of neighbourhoods. The intersection of two open neighbourhoods is still open and contains PP. The same proof does not automatically apply to infinite products, because an infinite intersection of open neighbourhoods need not be open. To check the inverse, starting with (s,t)P(s,t)_P on one neighbourhood UU gives back (s|U,t|U)P=(s,t)P(s|_U,t|_U)_P=(s,t)_P; starting with (sP,tP)(s_P,t_P) gives back the two original germs.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 4 mastery bank: gluing and stalks

The following problem statements come from Holger Brenner’s course. The complete solutions, explanations, and brief checks are new editorial material prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra., not translated source solutions. In the Unit 4 freeze, there are no public source solutions for these three selected exercises. Credits to the author and source contributors remain applicable; this text does not claim human authorship or review. The problem statements are unchanged. This material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0.

The main prerequisite is Definition 4.1 on sheaves: sections that agree locally are equal, and a family of sections agreeing on intersections has a unique gluing. For a sheaf of sets, ()\mathcal F(\varnothing) has exactly one element; for a sheaf of groups, this value is the trivial group. Both include the empty cover in the sheaf axiom.

New solution 1 - The product of two sheaves, Exercise 4.1

Source: Exercise 4.1 in the reader, identifier Garbe/Produkt/Aufgabe, page 111820, fixed revision 1082920. The exercise number follows Worksheet 4, revision 1003857; the identity of the transcluded exercise page is recorded separately in the Unit 4 manifest.

Brenner’s problem statement. Let \mathcal F and 𝒢\mathcal G be sheaves on a topological space XX. Prove that the assignment

(U):=(U)×𝒢(U) \mathcal H(U):=\mathcal F(U)\times\mathcal G(U)

with the natural product maps as restrictions defines a sheaf on XX.

Independent editorial solution. For open sets VUV\subseteq U, define

ρU,V(s,t):=(ρU,V(s),ρU,V𝒢(t)). \rho^{\mathcal H}_{U,V}(s,t) :=\bigl(\rho^{\mathcal F}_{U,V}(s), \rho^{\mathcal G}_{U,V}(t)\bigr).

Restriction from UU to itself is the identity. If WVUW\subseteq V\subseteq U, then for every pair (s,t)(s,t),

ρV,WρU,V(s,t)=(s|W,t|W)=ρU,W(s,t). \rho^{\mathcal H}_{V,W}\rho^{\mathcal H}_{U,V}(s,t) =\bigl(s|_W,t|_W\bigr) =\rho^{\mathcal H}_{U,W}(s,t).

Thus \mathcal H is, to begin with, a presheaf.

Take an open cover U=iIUiU=\bigcup_{i\in I}U_i. If two pairs (s,t),(s,t)(U)(s,t),(s',t')\in\mathcal H(U) have equal restrictions to every UiU_i, equality of pairs means

s|Ui=s|Ui,t|Ui=t|Ui s|_{U_i}=s'|_{U_i},\qquad t|_{U_i}=t'|_{U_i}

for every ii. The local equality axiom for \mathcal F gives s=ss=s', and the same axiom for 𝒢\mathcal G gives t=tt=t'. Hence the pairs are equal.

Now take a compatible family (si,ti)(Ui)(s_i,t_i)\in\mathcal H(U_i). Compatibility on UiUjU_i\cap U_j means precisely the two systems of equalities

si|UiUj=sj|UiUj,ti|UiUj=tj|UiUj. s_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}=s_j|_{U_i\cap U_j},\qquad t_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}=t_j|_{U_i\cap U_j}.

The sheaf property of \mathcal F gives a unique s(U)s\in\mathcal F(U) restricting to all the sis_i. Likewise, there is a unique t𝒢(U)t\in\mathcal G(U) restricting to all the tit_i. The pair (s,t)(U)(s,t)\in\mathcal H(U) glues the original family and is unique by the local equality property just proved.

Finally, ()\mathcal H(\varnothing) is a product of two singleton sets and is therefore a singleton. Thus the empty cover also satisfies the axiom. Both sheaf conditions hold for every cover, and \mathcal H is a sheaf.

Pitfall and check. Here the product is taken on each open set, with componentwise restrictions. Specifying the sets (U)×𝒢(U)\mathcal F(U)\times\mathcal G(U) alone does not specify a presheaf. As a check, the two projections (s,t)s(s,t)\mapsto s and (s,t)t(s,t)\mapsto t commute with restrictions precisely because of the definition above.

New solution 2 - Sections on two disjoint pieces, Exercise 4.2

Source: Exercise 4.2 in the reader, identifier Garbe/Unzusammenhängender Raum/Produkt/Aufgabe, page 111900, fixed revision 1082921. The exercise number follows Worksheet 4, revision 1003857.

Brenner’s problem statement. Let 𝒢\mathcal G be a sheaf on a disconnected topological space decomposed as

X=UV, X=U\mathbin{\uplus}V,

where U,VU,V are open, nonempty, and disjoint. Show that

𝒢(X)=𝒢(U)×𝒢(V). \mathcal G(X)=\mathcal G(U)\times\mathcal G(V).

Independent editorial solution. The equality in the statement is a canonical identification through restriction. The map to be proved bijective is

R:𝒢(X)𝒢(U)×𝒢(V),s(s|U,s|V). R:\mathcal G(X)\longrightarrow\mathcal G(U)\times\mathcal G(V), \qquad s\longmapsto(s|_U,s|_V).

If R(s)=R(t)R(s)=R(t), then s|U=t|Us|_U=t|_U and s|V=t|Vs|_V=t|_V. Since U,VU,V cover XX, the local equality axiom gives s=ts=t. Thus RR is injective.

For surjectivity, choose any pair (a,b)𝒢(U)×𝒢(V)(a,b)\in\mathcal G(U)\times\mathcal G(V). The only intersection on which a comparison is needed is UV=U\cap V=\varnothing. The two restrictions

a|,b|𝒢() a|_{\varnothing},\ b|_{\varnothing}\in\mathcal G(\varnothing)

are automatically equal, since 𝒢()\mathcal G(\varnothing) is a singleton. Thus (a,b)(a,b) is a compatible family on the cover {U,V}\{U,V\}. The gluing axiom gives a section s𝒢(X)s\in\mathcal G(X) with s|U=as|_U=a and s|V=bs|_V=b. Therefore R(s)=(a,b)R(s)=(a,b), so RR is surjective.

The inverse of RR sends (a,b)(a,b) to its unique gluing. No additional choice enters this construction; that is why the identification is canonical. If 𝒢\mathcal G is a sheaf of groups or rings, restrictions are homomorphisms, so RR is also an isomorphism for that algebraic structure, not merely a bijection of sets.

Pitfall and check. For a cover whose members are not disjoint, not every pair of sections can be glued. The permissible pairs must satisfy a|UV=b|UVa|_{U\cap V}=b|_{U\cap V}. In this exercise the condition is automatic because the intersection is empty, not because gluing ignores compatibility. Nor does the statement literally identify sections with pairs before the map RR has been specified.

New solution 3 - The skyscraper sheaf, Exercise 4.9

Source: Exercise 4.9 in the reader, identifier Wolkenkratzergarbe/Gruppe/Garbeneigenschaft/Aufgabe, page 139888, fixed revision 1081969. The exercise number follows Worksheet 4, revision 1003857. The German typo in the source’s final instruction does not change the mathematical statement.

Brenner’s problem statement. Let XX be a topological space, PXP\in X, and GG a commutative group. For each open set UXU\subseteq X, set

𝒢(U)={G,PU,0,PU. \mathcal G(U)= \begin{cases} G,&P\in U,\\ 0,&P\notin U. \end{cases}

With the natural restrictions, prove that 𝒢\mathcal G is a sheaf of commutative groups, determine 𝒢P\mathcal G_P, and, if PP is closed, determine 𝒢Q\mathcal G_Q for every QPQ\ne P.

Independent editorial solution. For VUV\subseteq U, the restriction ρU,V\rho_{U,V} is the identity GGG\to G if PVP\in V; the unique homomorphism G0G\to0 if PUP\in U but PVP\notin V; and the identity of the trivial group 000\to0 if PUP\notin U. The case PUP\notin U but PVP\in V cannot occur. These three cases immediately give the identity restriction and composition laws: once a restriction is zero, every subsequent restriction remains zero. Thus 𝒢\mathcal G is a presheaf of commutative groups.

Take an open cover U=iIUiU=\bigcup_{i\in I}U_i. If PUP\notin U, all the groups 𝒢(U)\mathcal G(U), 𝒢(Ui)\mathcal G(U_i), and those on intersections are trivial. There is only one possible compatible family, and its gluing is unique. This also includes U=U=\varnothing.

If PUP\in U, there is at least one index i0i_0 with PUi0P\in U_{i_0}. Take a compatible family gi𝒢(Ui)g_i\in\mathcal G(U_i). For every ii with PUiP\in U_i, the point PP also belongs to UiUi0U_i\cap U_{i_0}. Both restrictions to this intersection are identities on GG, so compatibility gives

gi=gi0in G. g_i=g_{i_0}\quad\text{in }G.

For indices with PUiP\notin U_i, the section gig_i must be zero. Thus g:=gi0G=𝒢(U)g:=g_{i_0}\in G=\mathcal G(U) restricts to every gig_i: via the identity on pieces containing PP, and via G0G\to0 on the others. This gluing is unique, because restriction to Ui0U_{i_0} is the identity. The same uniqueness argument shows that two sections over UU agreeing locally are equal. Hence 𝒢\mathcal G is a sheaf of commutative groups.

For the stalk at PP, every open neighbourhood WW of PP has 𝒢(W)=G\mathcal G(W)=G, and all restrictions between such neighbourhoods are identities. Concretely, a germ represented by gGg\in G on a neighbourhood is determined only by gg: two representatives give the same germ exactly when those elements of GG agree. Hence

𝒢PG. \mathcal G_P\cong G.

Finally, suppose PP is closed and QPQ\ne P. The set X\{P}X\setminus\{P\} is open and contains QQ. Every germ at QQ can be represented by a section on an open neighbourhood WW of QQ. After restriction to the smaller neighbourhood

W(X\{P}), W\cap\bigl(X\setminus\{P\}\bigr),

the section lies in the zero group. Thus every germ at QQ is zero, and

𝒢Q=0(QP,P closed). \mathcal G_Q=0\qquad(Q\ne P,\ P\text{ closed}).

Pitfall and check. The hypothesis that PP is closed is needed in the last step, not in constructing the sheaf. If every neighbourhood of QQ instead contains PP, all the groups used to form the stalk at QQ are GG with identity restrictions, so that stalk is also isomorphic to GG. Do not assume that every point of a topological space is closed. As another check, when G=0G=0, the entire sheaf and all its stalks are indeed zero.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 5 mastery bank: sheafification and quotient stalks

The following problem statements come from Holger Brenner’s course. The complete solutions, explanations, and brief checks are new editorial material prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra., not translated source solutions. Credits to the author and source contributors remain applicable; this text does not claim human authorship or review. No endorsement by the author or source institutions is implied. This material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0.

Unit 5 already has a public source solution to Exercise 5.5. That solution continues to count as a source solution and is not recreated here. The two new solutions below, to Exercises 5.2 and 5.11, complete the three mastery items for Unit 5. Both problem statements are preserved.

The notation sPs_P denotes the germ of a section ss at PP, while P\mathcal F_P is the stalk of the presheaf or sheaf \mathcal F. Equality of two germs means that their representatives agree after restriction to a sufficiently small open neighbourhood; they need not already agree on their original neighbourhoods.

New solution 1 - The universal property of sheafification, Exercise 5.2

Source: Exercise 5.2 in the reader, identifier Prägarbe/Vergarbung/Universelle Eigenschaft/Aufgabe, page 111906, fixed revision 1083991. The exercise number follows Worksheet 5, revision 619386; the revision of the transcluded exercise page is recorded separately in the Unit 5 manifest.

Brenner’s problem statement. Let \mathcal F be a presheaf on a topological space XX, and let ̃\widetilde{\mathcal F} be its sheafification. For every presheaf morphism ψ:𝒢\psi:\mathcal F\to\mathcal G to a sheaf 𝒢\mathcal G, prove that there is exactly one morphism

ψ̃:̃𝒢 \widetilde\psi:\widetilde{\mathcal F}\longrightarrow\mathcal G

factoring ψ\psi through the canonical morphism η:̃\eta:\mathcal F\to\widetilde{\mathcal F}. That is, ψ̃η=ψ\widetilde\psi\circ\eta=\psi.

Independent editorial solution. We construct the component ψ̃U\widetilde\psi_U for each open set UU, then prove that all components commute with restrictions. Use Definition 5.1: a section σ̃(U)\sigma\in\widetilde{\mathcal F}(U) is a family of germs (σP)PU(\sigma_P)_{P\in U} locally arising from sections of \mathcal F. Thus there is an open cover U=iUiU=\bigcup_iU_i and si(Ui)s_i\in\mathcal F(U_i) with

σ|Ui=ηUi(si),(si)Q=σQ(QUi). \sigma|_{U_i}=\eta_{U_i}(s_i), \qquad (s_i)_Q=\sigma_Q\quad(Q\in U_i).

We want to glue the sections

ti:=ψUi(si)𝒢(Ui). t_i:=\psi_{U_i}(s_i)\in\mathcal G(U_i).

To check compatibility, take QUiUjQ\in U_i\cap U_j. The germs (si)Q(s_i)_Q and (sj)Q(s_j)_Q agree. Since ψ\psi commutes with restrictions, it induces a stalk map ψQ\psi_Q, so

(ti)Q=ψQ((si)Q)=ψQ((sj)Q)=(tj)Q. (t_i)_Q=\psi_Q((s_i)_Q) =\psi_Q((s_j)_Q)=(t_j)_Q.

By Lemma 4.4, the stalkwise test for equality of sections, applied to the sheaf 𝒢\mathcal G over UiUjU_i\cap U_j, we obtain

ti|UiUj=tj|UiUj. t_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}=t_j|_{U_i\cap U_j}.

Since 𝒢\mathcal G is a sheaf, the family (ti)(t_i) has a unique gluing t𝒢(U)t\in\mathcal G(U). Define ψ̃U(σ):=t\widetilde\psi_U(\sigma):=t.

This construction is independent of the cover or local representatives. Indeed, suppose (Vj,rj)(V_j,r_j) is another choice of representatives for σ\sigma. At each point QUiVjQ\in U_i\cap V_j, we have (si)Q=(rj)Q=σQ(s_i)_Q=(r_j)_Q=\sigma_Q. The same stalk argument gives

ψUi(si)|UiVj=ψVj(rj)|UiVj. \psi_{U_i}(s_i)|_{U_i\cap V_j} =\psi_{V_j}(r_j)|_{U_i\cap V_j}.

The two glued sections have equal restrictions on the refinement cover {UiVj}i,j\{U_i\cap V_j\}_{i,j} of UU. Local uniqueness in 𝒢\mathcal G shows that the results are equal. Thus ψ̃U\widetilde\psi_U is well-defined.

Now take an open set WUW\subseteq U. The restriction σ|W\sigma|_W is represented by si|UiWs_i|_{U_i\cap W} on the cover {UiW}i\{U_i\cap W\}_i. Since ψ\psi is a presheaf morphism,

ψUiW(si|UiW)=ψUi(si)|UiW. \psi_{U_i\cap W}(s_i|_{U_i\cap W}) =\psi_{U_i}(s_i)|_{U_i\cap W}.

Thus ψ̃W(σ|W)\widetilde\psi_W(\sigma|_W) and ψ̃U(σ)|W\widetilde\psi_U(\sigma)|_W have equal local restrictions. Uniqueness of gluing gives

ψ̃W(σ|W)=ψ̃U(σ)|W. \widetilde\psi_W(\sigma|_W) =\widetilde\psi_U(\sigma)|_W.

Hence this family of components is a sheaf morphism.

To check the factorisation, take s(U)s\in\mathcal F(U). The section ηU(s)\eta_U(s) has representative ss on all of UU, so the construction with the one-member cover gives

ψ̃U(ηU(s))=ψU(s). \widetilde\psi_U(\eta_U(s))=\psi_U(s).

Thus ψ̃η=ψ\widetilde\psi\circ\eta=\psi.

For uniqueness, suppose θ:̃𝒢\theta:\widetilde{\mathcal F}\to\mathcal G is another morphism with θη=ψ\theta\circ\eta=\psi. For a section σ\sigma and the local representatives sis_i above, naturality of θ\theta gives

θU(σ)|Ui=θUi(ηUi(si))=ψUi(si)=ψ̃U(σ)|Ui. \theta_U(\sigma)|_{U_i} =\theta_{U_i}(\eta_{U_i}(s_i)) =\psi_{U_i}(s_i) =\widetilde\psi_U(\sigma)|_{U_i}.

The sections are equal by the sheaf property of 𝒢\mathcal G. This holds for all UU and σ\sigma, so θ=ψ̃\theta=\widetilde\psi. For U=U=\varnothing, both sheaves take singleton values, so the component and all its identities are also unique. The complete proof does not assume that \mathcal F is already a sheaf.

Pitfall and check. Do not define ψ̃U\widetilde\psi_U only on sections coming from ηU((U))\eta_U(\mathcal F(U)): ηU\eta_U need not be surjective. Representatives are available locally, and it is the sheaf property of the target 𝒢\mathcal G that permits gluing. If \mathcal F is already a sheaf, η\eta is an isomorphism by Lemma 5.2(4); the formula above then gives ψ̃=ψη1\widetilde\psi=\psi\circ\eta^{-1}, as expected.

New solution 2 - Stalks of a quotient sheaf, Exercise 5.11

Source: Exercise 5.11 in the reader, identifier Garben von Gruppen/Untergarbe/Quotientengarbe/Halm/Aufgabe, page 112024, fixed revision 1082924. The exercise number follows Worksheet 5, revision 619386.

Brenner’s problem statement. Let 𝒢\mathcal G be a sheaf of commutative groups, 𝒢\mathcal F\subseteq\mathcal G a subsheaf of groups, and 𝒢/\mathcal G/\mathcal F its quotient sheaf. Prove that, for every point PXP\in X,

(𝒢/)P=𝒢P/P. (\mathcal G/\mathcal F)_P=\mathcal G_P/\mathcal F_P.

Independent editorial solution. This equality means a canonical group isomorphism. We must not replace the quotient sheaf by the quotient of sections on each open set. Following Definition 5.8, first form the presheaf of groups

𝒬(U):=𝒢(U)/(U),ρU,V𝒬([g]):=[g|V]. \mathcal Q(U):=\mathcal G(U)/\mathcal F(U), \qquad \rho^{\mathcal Q}_{U,V}([g]):=[g|_V].

These restrictions are well-defined: if gh(U)g-h\in\mathcal F(U), then g|Vh|V(V)g|_V-h|_V\in\mathcal F(V) because \mathcal F is a subsheaf. The quotient sheaf is 𝒬̃\widetilde{\mathcal Q}. By Lemma 5.2(2), which applies to every presheaf, the canonical map induces an isomorphism

𝒬P𝒬̃P=(𝒢/)P. \mathcal Q_P\xrightarrow{\ \sim\ } \widetilde{\mathcal Q}_P =(\mathcal G/\mathcal F)_P.

It therefore suffices to determine 𝒬P\mathcal Q_P.

The quotient homomorphisms on each open set form a presheaf morphism q:𝒢𝒬q:\mathcal G\to\mathcal Q. On stalks, it gives

qP:𝒢P𝒬P,gP[g]P. q_P:\mathcal G_P\longrightarrow\mathcal Q_P, \qquad g_P\longmapsto[g]_P.

If two sections g𝒢(U)g\in\mathcal G(U) and h𝒢(V)h\in\mathcal G(V) represent the same germ at PP, they agree on some open neighbourhood PWUVP\in W\subseteq U\cap V. Their quotient classes then also agree in 𝒬(W)\mathcal Q(W), so the formula for qPq_P is independent of the representative. Addition of germs is computed after shrinking to a common neighbourhood; since every qUq_U is a homomorphism, so is qPq_P.

The map qPq_P is surjective. Every element ξ𝒬P\xi\in\mathcal Q_P has a representative a𝒬(U)a\in\mathcal Q(U) on some open neighbourhood UU of PP. By the definition of a quotient group, there is g𝒢(U)g\in\mathcal G(U) with a=[g]a=[g]. Thus ξ=[g]P=qP(gP)\xi=[g]_P=q_P(g_P).

Next, the inclusion 𝒢\mathcal F\subseteq\mathcal G induces a stalk inclusion P𝒢P\mathcal F_P\subseteq\mathcal G_P, by Lemma 4.5. We show that this subgroup is exactly the kernel of qPq_P.

If gPkerqPg_P\in\ker q_P, then [g]P=0[g]_P=0 in 𝒬P\mathcal Q_P. By the definition of equality of germs, there is an open neighbourhood WW of PP, contained in the domain of the representative gg, such that

[g|W]=0in 𝒢(W)/(W). [g|_W]=0\quad\text{in }\mathcal G(W)/\mathcal F(W).

This means precisely that g|W(W)g|_W\in\mathcal F(W), so the original germ gPg_P belongs to P\mathcal F_P. Conversely, every element of P\mathcal F_P has a representative f(W)f\in\mathcal F(W). The image of ff in 𝒬(W)\mathcal Q(W) is zero, so qP(fP)=0q_P(f_P)=0. Thus

kerqP=P. \ker q_P=\mathcal F_P.

The first isomorphism theorem for commutative groups now gives the explicit isomorphism

𝒢P/P𝒬P,gP+P[g]P. \mathcal G_P/\mathcal F_P\xrightarrow{\ \sim\ }\mathcal Q_P, \qquad g_P+\mathcal F_P\longmapsto[g]_P.

Composing it with the sheafification isomorphism yields

𝒢P/P(𝒢/)P, \mathcal G_P/\mathcal F_P \xrightarrow{\ \sim\ }(\mathcal G/\mathcal F)_P,

giving the required canonical identification. The construction uses a representative on a sufficiently small neighbourhood; it makes no claim that a global representative is always available.

Pitfall and check. The germ equality [g]P=0[g]_P=0 means that there is a neighbourhood WW with g|W(W)g|_W\in\mathcal F(W); it does not immediately mean that g(U)g\in\mathcal F(U) on its original domain. Sheafification can change global sections but not stalks. As boundary checks, if =0\mathcal F=0, the formula gives the stalk 𝒢P\mathcal G_P; if =𝒢\mathcal F=\mathcal G, both sides are the zero group.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 6 mastery exercises

The following three problem statements come from Holger Brenner’s course on Wikiversity. The complete solutions and learning checks are new editorial material prepared independently by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. These are not translated public solutions by Brenner: the frozen source map records the absence of public solutions for all three exercises. Their mathematical statements and hypotheses are unchanged.

This text is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0, with source credits preserved. No claim of human authorship, endorsement, or review is made for these editorial solutions. The learning sequence moves from sections on open sets to stalks and then to sheaf morphisms.

New item 1 - Brenner Exercise 6.4: a split sequence

Source: Exercise 6.4 in the BGK reader. Frozen entity: Topologische Gruppen/Spaltende Sequenz/Garbenversion/Aufgabe, pageid 112025, revision 1050308. The exercise number follows Worksheet 6, revision 900086.

Source problem statement

Let FF and HH be commutative topological groups, G=F×HG=F\times H with the product topology, and

0FGH0 0\longrightarrow F\longrightarrow G\longrightarrow H\longrightarrow0

the associated product short exact sequence. Prove that, for every topological space XX, there is a short exact sequence of sheaves

0C0(,F)C0(,G)C0(,H)0, 0\longrightarrow C^0(-,F)\longrightarrow C^0(-,G) \longrightarrow C^0(-,H)\longrightarrow0,

and that the rightmost map remains surjective after global evaluation on XX.

Complete independent solution

Use additive notation for all three groups. The inclusion and projection in question are j(a)=(a,0H)j(a)=(a,0_H) and p(a,b)=bp(a,b)=b. For each open UXU\subseteq X, define

jU:C0(U,F)C0(U,G),jU(a)(x)=(a(x),0H),pU:C0(U,G)C0(U,H),pU(b)(x)=p(b(x)). \begin{aligned} j_U:C^0(U,F)&\longrightarrow C^0(U,G),& j_U(a)(x)&=(a(x),0_H),\\ p_U:C^0(U,G)&\longrightarrow C^0(U,H),& p_U(b)(x)&=p(b(x)). \end{aligned}

Both maps are group homomorphisms. They also produce continuous functions, since the inclusion jj and projection pp are continuous. Composition with a fixed function commutes with restriction to an open set, so the families jU,pUj_U,p_U are presheaf morphisms.

The presheaf C0(,F)C^0(-,F) is a sheaf: local functions agreeing on intersections determine exactly one function on their union, and that function is continuous because continuity can be tested on an open cover. The same argument applies to GG and HH. Thus these are indeed sheaf morphisms.

Now check exactness for every UU. If jU(a)=0j_U(a)=0, then (a(x),0H)=(0F,0H)(a(x),0_H)=(0_F,0_H) for every xUx\in U, so a=0a=0; hence jUj_U is injective. The composite pUjUp_Uj_U is zero. Conversely, if pU(b)=0p_U(b)=0, each b(x)b(x) has the form (a(x),0H)(a(x),0_H). The function a=prFba=\operatorname{pr}_F\circ b is continuous and jU(a)=bj_U(a)=b. Thus

kerpU=imjU. \ker p_U=\operatorname{im}j_U.

For surjectivity, take any hC0(U,H)h\in C^0(U,H) and set

σU(h)(x):=(0F,h(x)). \sigma_U(h)(x):=(0_F,h(x)).

This function is continuous, and pUσU(h)=hp_U\sigma_U(h)=h. The family σU\sigma_U itself is compatible with restrictions. Thus σ\sigma is a sheaf morphism with pσ=Idp\sigma=\operatorname{Id}: the sheaf sequence even splits. Every section in the kernel comes from a section on the left, and every section on the right has a preimage on the same open set; this proves sheaf exactness, not just a formal statement about a complex.

In particular, for U=XU=X, the formula h(x(0F,h(x)))h\mapsto(x\mapsto(0_F,h(x))) gives a right inverse on global sections. Hence

C0(X,G)C0(X,H) C^0(X,G)\longrightarrow C^0(X,H)

is surjective, as required. The entire argument also applies to U=U=\varnothing, when the group of maps has just one element.

Pitfall and check

In general, surjectivity of a sheaf morphism guarantees only local preimages, not global ones. Here the decisive extra step is the existence of a single global right inverse HF×HH\to F\times H, h(0F,h)h\mapsto(0_F,h). Check directly that σU(h)|V=σV(h|V)\sigma_U(h)|_V=\sigma_V(h|_V) for VUV\subseteq U; this is why the splittings on all open sets constitute a sheaf splitting.

New item 2 - Brenner Exercise 6.9: pushforward from a point

Source: Exercise 6.9 in the BGK reader. Frozen entity: Topologischer Raum/Punkt/Vorschub/Wolkenkratzergarbe/Aufgabe, pageid 112028, revision 1084500. The exercise number follows Worksheet 6, revision 900086.

Source problem statement

Let XX be a topological space, PXP\in X, and i:{P}Xi:\{P\}\to X the inclusion. For a sheaf of commutative groups \mathcal F on {P}\{P\}, describe i*i_*\mathcal F on the open sets of XX. Determine its stalks when PP is a closed point.

Complete independent solution

Write A:=({P})A:=\mathcal F(\{P\}). Since \mathcal F is a sheaf of groups, ()=0\mathcal F(\varnothing)=0: the gluing condition for the empty cover gives exactly one section on the empty set. These two open sets give all the sheaf data on a one-point space.

By Definition 6.9, for open UXU\subseteq X,

(i*)(U)=(i1(U))={A,PU,0,PU. (i_*\mathcal F)(U)=\mathcal F(i^{-1}(U)) =\begin{cases} A,&P\in U,\\ 0,&P\notin U. \end{cases}

If VUV\subseteq U, there are three possibilities. If PVP\in V, both section groups are AA and the restriction is the identity AAA\to A. If PUP\in U but PVP\notin V, the restriction is the unique homomorphism A0A\to0. If PUP\notin U, the restriction is 000\to0. The possibility PUP\notin U but PVP\in V cannot occur. Thus the entire restriction structure is determined. This pushforward is a sheaf by Lemma 6.10, which applies to every continuous map and every sheaf on its domain.

At PP, every open neighbourhood contains PP. All the groups forming the stalk are AA, and all restriction homomorphisms are identities. The map A(i*)PA\to(i_*\mathcal F)_P sends aa to the germ of the section aa on XX. It is surjective because every germ representative comes from a copy of AA, and injective because restrictions never identify two distinct elements. Thus

(i*)PA. (i_*\mathcal F)_P\cong A.

Now suppose {P}\{P\} is closed and take QPQ\ne P. The set X\{P}X\setminus\{P\} is open and contains QQ. Every open neighbourhood UU of QQ can be shrunk to U(X\{P})U\cap(X\setminus\{P\}). On that smaller neighbourhood, the pushforward section group is zero. Consequently every germ representative at QQ becomes zero after restriction, so

(i*)Q=0(QP). (i_*\mathcal F)_Q=0\qquad(Q\ne P).

Thus, for a closed point PP, this sheaf has stalk AA only at PP and zero stalk at every other point. This is the skyscraper sheaf with value AA at PP.

Pitfall and check

Do not drop the hypothesis that PP is closed when concluding that the stalks away from PP are zero. If QQ lies in the closure of {P}\{P\}, every open neighbourhood of QQ contains PP, so the same stalk computation instead gives AA. The zero-stalk proof uses a neighbourhood of QQ not containing PP, not merely QPQ\ne P.

New item 3 - Brenner Exercise 6.13: the pullback–pushforward morphism bijection

Source: Exercise 6.13 in the BGK reader. Frozen entity: Topologische Räume/Stetige Abbildung/Rückzug und Vorschub/Morphismen/Aufgabe, pageid 116425, revision 1081982. The exercise number follows Worksheet 6, revision 900086.

Source problem statement

Let φ:XY\varphi:X\to Y be continuous, \mathcal F a sheaf on XX, and 𝒢\mathcal G a sheaf on YY. Prove that there is a natural bijection

HomX(φ1𝒢,)HomY(𝒢,φ*). \operatorname{Hom}_X(\varphi^{-1}\mathcal G,\mathcal F) \cong \operatorname{Hom}_Y(\mathcal G,\varphi_*\mathcal F).

Complete independent solution

We construct both directions, then check that they are inverse to each other. The argument first applies to sheaves of sets. If the sheaves carry commutative group structures, all maps constructed from the original homomorphisms remain homomorphisms, so the same proof applies in that category.

By Definition 6.12, the pullback presheaf is

𝒫(U):=colimVY openUφ1(V)𝒢(V). \mathcal P(U):= \operatorname*{colim}_{\substack{V\subseteq Y\text{ open}\\ U\subseteq\varphi^{-1}(V)}}\mathcal G(V).

Write a representative of a colimit element as [V,s][V,s], with s𝒢(V)s\in\mathcal G(V). Restriction to UUU'\subseteq U retains the representative [V,s][V,s]. Two representatives are equal when their restrictions agree on a smaller open set still containing φ(U)\varphi(U). By Definition 6.13, φ1𝒢=𝒫a\varphi^{-1}\mathcal G=\mathcal P^a, the sheafification of 𝒫\mathcal P. Write λ:𝒫𝒫a\lambda:\mathcal P\to\mathcal P^a for the canonical map.

We use the universal property of sheafification: every presheaf morphism 𝒫\mathcal P\to\mathcal F, with \mathcal F already a sheaf, extends uniquely to a morphism 𝒫a\mathcal P^a\to\mathcal F. The reason is that sections of 𝒫a\mathcal P^a are locally represented by sections of 𝒫\mathcal P; the images of these representatives agree locally on intersections, so they glue to exactly one section of \mathcal F. Equality of germs ensures independence of the choice of representatives or cover.

From right to left. Given θ:𝒢φ*\theta:\mathcal G\to\varphi_*\mathcal F, define

αU:𝒫(U)(U),[V,s]θV(s)|U. \alpha_U:\mathcal P(U)\longrightarrow\mathcal F(U), \qquad [V,s]\longmapsto\theta_V(s)|_U.

The formula has the correct types because θV(s)(φ1(V))\theta_V(s)\in\mathcal F(\varphi^{-1}(V)) and Uφ1(V)U\subseteq\varphi^{-1}(V). If two representatives become equal after restriction to WVVW\subseteq V\cap V' with Uφ1(W)U\subseteq\varphi^{-1}(W), compatibility of θ\theta with restrictions shows that the two images in (U)\mathcal F(U) agree. Thus the formula is well-defined. Restriction from UU to UU' also commutes with the formula, so α\alpha is a presheaf morphism. The universal property gives exactly one

ψθ:φ1𝒢,ψθλ=α. \psi_\theta:\varphi^{-1}\mathcal G\longrightarrow\mathcal F, \qquad \psi_\theta\lambda=\alpha.

From left to right. Given ψ:φ1𝒢\psi:\varphi^{-1}\mathcal G\to\mathcal F, every s𝒢(V)s\in\mathcal G(V) determines an element [V,s][V,s] of 𝒫(φ1(V))\mathcal P(\varphi^{-1}(V)). Set

(θψ)V(s):=ψφ1(V)(λφ1(V)([V,s]))(φ1(V)). (\theta_\psi)_V(s):= \psi_{\varphi^{-1}(V)} \bigl(\lambda_{\varphi^{-1}(V)}([V,s])\bigr) \in\mathcal F(\varphi^{-1}(V)).

If WVW\subseteq V, the representative [V,s][V,s] restricted to φ1(W)\varphi^{-1}(W) equals [W,s|W][W,s|_W] in the colimit. Since λ\lambda and ψ\psi respect restrictions, this formula gives a sheaf morphism θψ:𝒢φ*\theta_\psi:\mathcal G\to\varphi_*\mathcal F.

The two constructions are inverse. Start with θ\theta. For s𝒢(V)s\in\mathcal G(V), the first construction satisfies

(θψθ)V(s)=αφ1(V)([V,s])=θV(s). (\theta_{\psi_\theta})_V(s) =\alpha_{\varphi^{-1}(V)}([V,s]) =\theta_V(s).

Thus it returns exactly θ\theta. Conversely, start with ψ\psi and construct θψ\theta_\psi. For a representative [V,s]𝒫(U)[V,s]\in\mathcal P(U), compatibility with restrictions gives

αU([V,s])=(θψ)V(s)|U=ψU(λU([V,s])). \begin{aligned} \alpha_U([V,s]) &=(\theta_\psi)_V(s)|_U\\ &=\psi_U\bigl(\lambda_U([V,s])\bigr). \end{aligned}

Hence the new morphism ψθψ\psi_{\theta_\psi} and ψ\psi agree after composition with λ\lambda. Uniqueness in the universal property of sheafification gives ψθψ=ψ\psi_{\theta_\psi}=\psi.

Finally, this bijection is natural. If u:u:\mathcal F\to\mathcal F' and v:𝒢𝒢v:\mathcal G'\to\mathcal G are sheaf morphisms, the formulas on representatives give, respectively,

θuψ=(φ*u)θψ,θψφ1v=θψv. \theta_{u\circ\psi}=(\varphi_*u)\circ\theta_\psi, \qquad \theta_{\psi\circ\varphi^{-1}v}=\theta_\psi\circ v.

The first equality simply applies uu to the image of a section; the second replaces [V,s][V,s'] by [V,vV(s)][V,v_V(s')]. Thus the bijection commutes with postcomposition in \mathcal F and precomposition in 𝒢\mathcal G. This is the entire naturality claim and completes the proof of the required bijection.

Pitfall and check

Do not replace φ1𝒢(U)\varphi^{-1}\mathcal G(U) by the single value 𝒢(φ(U))\mathcal G(\varphi(U)): the image φ(U)\varphi(U) need not be open, and the colimit presheaf must still be sheafified. In every formula, check where a section lives before restricting it. The condition Uφ1(V)U\subseteq\varphi^{-1}(V) is exactly what makes θV(s)|U\theta_V(s)|_U legitimate.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 7 mastery exercises

The following two problem statements come from Holger Brenner’s course on Wikiversity. The solutions and learning checks are new editorial material prepared independently by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Neither is a public source solution: the frozen map records the absence of public solutions for Exercises 7.5 and 7.16. The public solution to Exercise 7.14 remains a separate source solution and is not counted as new writing here.

This text is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; credits to Holger Brenner and the sources are preserved. No claim of human authorship, endorsement, or review is made for these editorial solutions. The Indonesian term ruang bergelanggang, rendered here as ringed space, denotes the same object as ruang berdering in the Indonesian translation of Unit 7, in accordance with the reader glossary; the definitions and hypotheses are unchanged.

New item 1 - Brenner Exercise 7.5: the sheaf of units

Source: Exercise 7.5 in the BGK reader. Frozen entity: Beringter Raum/Einheiten/Garbe/Aufgabe, pageid 116370, revision 1081774. The exercise number follows Worksheet 7, revision 618943.

Source problem statement

Let (X,𝒪X)(X,\mathcal O_X) be a ringed space. Prove that the assignment

U𝒪X(U)×=(Γ(U,𝒪X))× U\longmapsto\mathcal O_X(U)^\times =\bigl(\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_X)\bigr)^\times

on open sets UXU\subseteq X, together with the natural restrictions, is a sheaf of commutative groups. This sheaf is denoted by 𝒪X×\mathcal O_X^\times and called the sheaf of units.

Complete independent solution

For each UU, the units of the commutative ring 𝒪X(U)\mathcal O_X(U) form a commutative group under multiplication, with identity 1U1_U and multiplicative inverses. Ring restriction homomorphisms preserve multiplication and the identity. Thus, if s,t𝒪X(U)s,t\in\mathcal O_X(U) satisfy st=1Ust=1_U, then for VUV\subseteq U,

(s|V)(t|V)=1V. (s|_V)(t|_V)=1_V.

That is, restriction sends units to units and inverses to inverses. The identity and composition properties of restrictions are inherited from 𝒪X\mathcal O_X. The assignment therefore gives, to begin with, a presheaf of commutative groups.

To prove the sheaf property, take an open cover U=iUiU=\bigcup_i U_i. If two units s,t𝒪X(U)×s,t\in\mathcal O_X(U)^\times have equal restrictions on every UiU_i, the uniqueness property of the sheaf 𝒪X\mathcal O_X gives s=ts=t. This proves uniqueness of gluing.

For existence, take units si𝒪X(Ui)×s_i\in\mathcal O_X(U_i)^\times satisfying

si|UiUj=sj|UiUjfor all i,j. s_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}=s_j|_{U_i\cap U_j} \quad\text{for all }i,j.

Since 𝒪X\mathcal O_X is a sheaf, there is exactly one s𝒪X(U)s\in\mathcal O_X(U) with s|Ui=sis|_{U_i}=s_i. However, we must still prove that ss is a unit, not merely a ring section.

Write ti=si1t_i=s_i^{-1}. On UiUjU_i\cap U_j, the restrictions of tit_i and tjt_j are inverses of the same element. Inverses in a group are unique, so

ti|UiUj=tj|UiUj. t_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}=t_j|_{U_i\cap U_j}.

Thus the tit_i glue to t𝒪X(U)t\in\mathcal O_X(U). Now stst and 1U1_U have equal restrictions to every UiU_i:

(st)|Ui=siti=1Ui=1U|Ui. (st)|_{U_i}=s_it_i=1_{U_i}=1_U|_{U_i}.

Sheaf uniqueness gives st=1Ust=1_U. Since the ring is commutative, also ts=1Uts=1_U, so s𝒪X(U)×s\in\mathcal O_X(U)^\times with inverse tt. This proves existence of gluing within the presheaf of units itself.

On the empty set, the section ring of the sheaf has just one element; its unit group is also the one-element group. Thus the empty-cover axiom introduces no exception. All axioms for a sheaf of commutative groups are satisfied.

Pitfall and check

Gluing the sis_i merely as sections of 𝒪X\mathcal O_X is not enough: one must glue their inverses to prove that the resulting section is a unit. Moreover, 𝒪X×\mathcal O_X^\times is not in general a subsheaf of the additive group 𝒪X\mathcal O_X. For example, 11 and 1-1 are units in \mathbb R, but their sum 00 is not a unit. The correct group operation in this exercise is multiplication.

New item 2 - Brenner Exercise 7.16: the residue field of continuous functions

Source: Exercise 7.16 in the BGK reader. Frozen entity: Topologischer Raum/Stetige Funktionen/Restekörper/Aufgabe, pageid 112082, revision 848530. The exercise number follows Worksheet 7, revision 618943.

Source problem statement

Let XX be a topological space with its sheaf of real-valued continuous functions 𝒞=C0(,)\mathcal C=C^0(-,\mathbb R). Prove that the residue field at each point PXP\in X is \mathbb R, through the canonical evaluation isomorphism.

Complete independent solution

Fix PXP\in X and write A:=𝒞PA:=\mathcal C_P for the stalk. Elements of AA are germs [U,f]P[U,f]_P, where PUP\in U is open and f:Uf:U\to\mathbb R is continuous. Two representatives give the same germ if their functions agree on a smaller open neighbourhood of PP. Since that neighbourhood contains PP, the two function values at PP agree. Thus evaluation

evP:A,[U,f]Pf(P) \operatorname{ev}_P:A\longrightarrow\mathbb R, \qquad [U,f]_P\longmapsto f(P)

is well-defined. Addition and multiplication of germs are computed after restricting representatives to a common neighbourhood, so evaluation is a ring homomorphism preserving 11. It is surjective: each rr\in\mathbb R is the value of the germ of the constant function xrx\mapsto r.

Its kernel is the ideal

𝔪P:={[U,f]PAf(P)=0}. \mathfrak m_P:=\{[U,f]_P\in A\mid f(P)=0\}.

To verify that this is the stalk’s unique maximal ideal, we characterise all its units. If f(P)0f(P)\ne0, the set

W:=f1(\{0})U W:=f^{-1}(\mathbb R\setminus\{0\})\subseteq U

is an open neighbourhood of PP. The function g:Wg:W\to\mathbb R, g(x)=1/f(x)g(x)=1/f(x), is continuous, since multiplicative inversion is continuous on \{0}\mathbb R\setminus\{0\}. Since fg=1fg=1 on WW, the germ [U,f]P[U,f]_P is a unit in AA.

Conversely, if aAa\in A is a unit with inverse bb, applying evaluation to ab=1ab=1 gives

evP(a)evP(b)=1. \operatorname{ev}_P(a)\operatorname{ev}_P(b)=1.

Hence evP(a)0\operatorname{ev}_P(a)\ne0. Therefore

A×=A\𝔪P. A^\times=A\setminus\mathfrak m_P.

The ideal 𝔪P\mathfrak m_P is proper because it does not contain the germ of the constant function 11. The surjective evaluation homomorphism gives A/𝔪PA/\mathfrak m_P\cong\mathbb R, so 𝔪P\mathfrak m_P is maximal. If 𝔫\mathfrak n is another maximal ideal, it cannot contain a unit; since every element outside 𝔪P\mathfrak m_P is a unit, 𝔫𝔪P\mathfrak n\subseteq\mathfrak m_P. Maximality of 𝔫\mathfrak n and properness of 𝔪P\mathfrak m_P force 𝔫=𝔪P\mathfrak n=\mathfrak m_P. This also proves that AA is a local ring.

By Definition 7.13, the residue field at PP is κ(P)=A/𝔪P\kappa(P)=A/\mathfrak m_P. The required isomorphism is

κ(P),[U,f]P+𝔪Pf(P). \begin{aligned} \kappa(P)&\longrightarrow\mathbb R,\\ [U,f]_P+\mathfrak m_P&\longmapsto f(P). \end{aligned}

This formula is independent of both the germ representative and the quotient-class representative. Its inverse sends rr to the class of the germ of the constant function rr. The first composite plainly returns rr. For the other composite, ff(P)f-f(P) vanishes at PP, so its germ lies in 𝔪P\mathfrak m_P; hence the class of the germ of ff equals that of the constant f(P)f(P). Both composites are indeed identities.

No Hausdorff or manifold assumption on XX is required. The only properties used are continuity of real functions and the definition of a stalk. If XX is empty, the statement about every point holds vacuously.

Pitfall and check

The stalk 𝒞P\mathcal C_P is not its residue field. For X=X=\mathbb R and P=0P=0, the germ of xxx\mapsto x is nonzero: the function is not identically zero on any neighbourhood of 00. Yet its image in κ(0)\kappa(0) is 00, since its value at 00 is zero. This example distinguishes information about a function near a point, retained by the stalk, from its value at the point, retained by the residue field.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 9 mastery exercises

The problem statements come from Holger Brenner’s course, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, worksheet revision 612139; revision contributor credit: Marymay0609. The following three solutions are independent editorial material, not public solutions by Brenner or translations of source solutions. Prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; no endorsement by the author or source institutions is implied.

1. Localisation as a quotient ring

Source: Exercise 9.4, worksheet revision 612139. Exact identifier: Kommutative Ringtheorie/Nenneraufnahme/Ein Element/Restklassendarstellung/Aufgabe; source page 19608, fixed revision 1098291.

Brenner’s exercise. For a commutative ring RR and fRf\in R, prove the RR-algebra isomorphism

RfR[T]/(Tf1). R_f\cong R[T]/(Tf-1).

Independent solution. Write A=R[T]/(Tf1)A=R[T]/(Tf-1) and let tt be the class of TT. In AA we have tf=1tf=1, so the image of ff is a unit with inverse tt. Define

α:RfA,a/fnatn. \alpha:R_f\longrightarrow A,\qquad a/f^n\longmapsto a t^n.

This map is well-defined even if RR has zero divisors. Indeed, if a/fn=b/fma/f^n=b/f^m, there is k0k\ge0 with fk(fmafnb)=0f^k(f^m a-f^n b)=0 in RR. After mapping to AA, multiply by tk+m+nt^{k+m+n}; this gives atn=btmat^n=bt^m. The formulas for addition and multiplication of fractions directly show that α\alpha is an RR-algebra homomorphism.

Conversely, evaluation R[T]RfR[T]\to R_f at T=f1T=f^{-1} annihilates Tf1Tf-1. It therefore induces

β:ARf,t1/f. \beta:A\longrightarrow R_f,\qquad t\longmapsto 1/f.

The composite βα\beta\alpha sends every a/fna/f^n back to a/fna/f^n. The composite αβ\alpha\beta fixes the image of every element of RR and fixes tt. Since these elements generate AA as a ring, αβ=idA\alpha\beta=\operatorname{id}_A. Thus the homomorphisms are inverse to each other.

Check. If f=0f=0, the ideal (Tf1)(Tf-1) is all of R[T]R[T] and both sides are the zero ring. Do not assume that RRfR\to R_f is injective; the proof above does not require that assumption.

2. When does a localisation vanish?

Source: Exercise 9.6, worksheet revision 612139. Exact identifier: Nenneraufnahme/f/Nilpotent/Aufgabe; source page 94310, fixed revision 1045587.

Brenner’s exercise. For a commutative ring RR and fRf\in R, prove that ff is nilpotent exactly when RfR_f is the zero ring.

Independent solution. If fn=0f^n=0 for some n1n\ge1, the image of ff in RfR_f is invertible. Multiply fn=0f^n=0 by the inverse fnf^{-n} in RfR_f to obtain 1=01=0. Every element uu then satisfies u=u1=u0=0u=u\cdot1=u\cdot0=0, so RfR_f is the zero ring.

Conversely, if RfR_f is the zero ring, the fractions 1/11/1 and 0/10/1 are equal. The definition of equality in a localisation gives k0k\ge0 such that fk(10)=0f^k(1-0)=0 in RR. If k1k\ge1, this is exactly nilpotence. If k=0k=0, then 1=01=0 in RR; in that case RR itself is zero and f=0f=0 is also nilpotent. Both directions have been proved.

Check. In R=K[ε]/(ε2)R=K[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2), localisation at ε\varepsilon is indeed zero although RR is not the zero ring. In contrast, R=/6R=\mathbb Z/6\mathbb Z and f=2f=2 give a nonzero localisation: the map R𝔽3R\to\mathbb F_3 sends 22 to a unit and extends to RfR_f. Thus “zero divisor” cannot replace “nilpotent”.

3. Intermediate rings over a principal ideal domain

Source: Exercise 9.8, worksheet revision 612139. Exact identifier: Hauptidealbereich/Zwischenring in Quotientenkörper/Ist Nenneraufnahme/Aufgabe; source page 20756, fixed revision 1061311.

Brenner’s exercise. Let RR be a principal ideal domain, QQ its field of fractions, and RSQR\subseteq S\subseteq Q an intermediate ring. Prove that SS is a localisation of RR.

Independent solution. Take the multiplicative set

M={bR\{0}:1/bS}. M=\{b\in R\setminus\{0\}:1/b\in S\}.

This set contains 11, and if b,cMb,c\in M, then 1/(bc)=(1/b)(1/c)S1/(bc)=(1/b)(1/c)\in S. Since all elements of MM are nonzero, we can regard M1RM^{-1}R as a subring of QQ. The definition of MM directly gives M1RSM^{-1}R\subseteq S.

For the converse, take qSq\in S and write q=a/bq=a/b with b0b\ne0. Since RR is a principal ideal domain, dividing numerator and denominator by a generator of the ideal (a,b)(a,b) allows us to choose a,ba,b with (a,b)=R(a,b)=R. There are then u,vRu,v\in R with

ua+vb=1. ua+vb=1.

Divide this equality by bb in QQ. We obtain

1/b=u(a/b)+v=uq+vS. 1/b=u(a/b)+v=uq+v\in S.

Thus bMb\in M and q=a/bM1Rq=a/b\in M^{-1}R. Since qq was arbitrary, S=M1RS=M^{-1}R as subrings of QQ, not merely as abstractly isomorphic rings.

Check. The key step is the Bézout identity ua+vb=1ua+vb=1 for a reduced fraction. Unique factorisation alone does not guarantee this identity; do not replace the principal ideal domain hypothesis without an additional proof.

English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 10 mastery exercises

The exercises come from Holger Brenner’s course, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, worksheet revision 612138; revision contributor credit: Marymay0609. The following three solutions are independent editorial material, not public solutions by Brenner or translations of source solutions. Prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; no endorsement by the author or source institutions is implied.

1. Quasi-affine but not affine

Source: Exercise 10.1, worksheet revision 612138. Exact identifier: Quasiaffines Schema/Nicht affin/Aufgabe; source page 112256, fixed revision 847500.

Brenner’s exercise. Give an example of a quasi-affine scheme that is not affine.

Independent solution. Choose any field KK, write A=K[x,y]A=K[x,y], and take

U=Spek(A)\{(x,y)}=D(x)D(y). U=\operatorname{Spek}(A)\setminus\{(x,y)\}=D(x)\cup D(y).

The last equality holds because the only prime ideal containing xx and yy is the maximal ideal (x,y)(x,y). As an open subset of an affine scheme, UU is quasi-affine. We will show that UU is not affine by computing its global sections.

The structure sheaf on the cover D(x),D(y)D(x),D(y) gives

Γ(U,𝒪U)=AxAyK(x,y). \Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U)=A_x\cap A_y\subseteq K(x,y).

Indeed, a section is a pair of elements of Ax,AyA_x,A_y agreeing in AxyA_{xy}; all these maps are injective because AA is an integral domain. If a/xm=b/yna/x^m=b/y^n lies in the intersection, then yna=xmby^n a=x^m b. In the unique factorisation domain K[x,y]K[x,y], xx is prime and does not divide yy, so xmx^m divides aa. Hence a/xmAa/x^m\in A. The reverse inclusion is clear, so Γ(U,𝒪U)=A\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U)=A and the restriction map from AA is the identity under this identification.

Suppose UU were affine. The inclusion j:USpek(A)j:U\to\operatorname{Spek}(A) would be a morphism between two affine schemes inducing an isomorphism on global sections. It would have to be an isomorphism: apply Theorem 10.9 to the inverse of the global homomorphism to construct an inverse morphism; uniqueness in the theorem ensures that both composites are identities. But jj is not surjective, since (x,y)(x,y) is not in its image. This is a contradiction.

Check. The space UU is even quasi-compact, being a union of two affine open sets. Thus the failure of affineness in this example is not caused by a failure of quasi-compactness.

2. Quasi-affine but not quasi-compact

Source: Exercise 10.2, worksheet revision 612138. Exact identifier: Quasiaffines Schema/Nicht quasikompakt/Aufgabe; source page 112258, fixed revision 847501.

Brenner’s exercise. Give an example of a quasi-affine scheme that is not quasi-compact.

Independent solution. For a field KK, take the polynomial ring in infinitely many variables

A=K[x1,x2,x3,],U=i1D(xi)Spek(A). A=K[x_1,x_2,x_3,\ldots],\qquad U=\bigcup_{i\ge1}D(x_i)\subseteq\operatorname{Spek}(A).

Each polynomial still involves only finitely many variables. The set UU is open in an affine scheme, hence quasi-affine by Definition 10.4.

The open cover {D(xi)}i1\{D(x_i)\}_{i\ge1} has no finite subcover. To prove this, take any finite index set F1F\subset\mathbb N_{\ge1} and choose jFj\notin F. The ideal

𝔭F=(xi:iF) \mathfrak p_F=(x_i:i\in F)

is prime because the quotient ring A/𝔭FA/\mathfrak p_F is the polynomial ring over KK in the remaining variables, which is an integral domain. The element xjx_j does not belong to 𝔭F\mathfrak p_F, so 𝔭FD(xj)U\mathfrak p_F\in D(x_j)\subseteq U. In contrast, every xix_i with iFi\in F belongs to 𝔭F\mathfrak p_F, so 𝔭FiFD(xi)\mathfrak p_F\notin\bigcup_{i\in F}D(x_i). Thus no finite choice covers UU. This is the failure of quasi-compactness.

Check. A single open cover without a finite subcover suffices to prove that a space is not quasi-compact. Merely saying “the cover is infinite” is not enough, since an infinite cover may still have a finite subcover.

3. Morphisms over a base and algebra homomorphisms

Source: Exercise 10.6, worksheet revision 612138. Exact identifier: Algebrahomomorphismus/Basisschema/Morphismus/Aufgabe; source page 112315, fixed revision 1082198.

Brenner’s exercise. For a commutative ring RR and commutative RR-algebras A,BA,B, prove that an RR-algebra homomorphism ABA\to B is the same data as a scheme morphism Spek(B)Spek(A)\operatorname{Spek}(B)\to\operatorname{Spek}(A) over Spek(R)\operatorname{Spek}(R).

Independent solution. Write the algebra structure maps as α:RA\alpha:R\to A and β:RB\beta:R\to B, and the scheme structure morphisms as pAp_A and pBp_B. By Theorem 10.9, applied to the locally ringed space Spek(B)\operatorname{Spek}(B) and affine target Spek(A)\operatorname{Spek}(A), every ring homomorphism φ:AB\varphi:A\to B determines exactly one morphism ψ\psi with global homomorphism ψ#=φ\psi^\#=\varphi. Conversely, global sections of any ψ\psi give that homomorphism; uniqueness in the theorem shows that the two operations are inverse to each other.

It remains to prove that the conditions involving the base correspond. By definition, φ\varphi is an RR-algebra homomorphism if and only if

φα=β. \varphi\circ\alpha=\beta.

The composite pAψp_A\circ\psi has global homomorphism φα\varphi\circ\alpha, whereas pBp_B has global homomorphism β\beta. Both morphisms have affine target Spek(R)\operatorname{Spek}(R). Again, uniqueness in Theorem 10.9 gives the equivalence

φα=βpAψ=pB. \varphi\circ\alpha=\beta \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad p_A\circ\psi=p_B.

The condition on the right says exactly that ψ\psi is a morphism over Spek(R)\operatorname{Spek}(R). Thus the general correspondence restricts to the required bijection, with ring arrows pointing in the opposite direction to scheme arrows.

Check. Commutativity of the maps on points alone is not enough. For example, complex conjugation gives a ring automorphism of \mathbb C and a scheme automorphism of Spek()\operatorname{Spek}(\mathbb C); its topological map is the identity on a one-point space, but it is not a morphism over Spek()\operatorname{Spek}(\mathbb C) with the identity base structure, since it does not fix every scalar.

English Markdown source · Frozen source revision · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 12 mastery: reading the projective spectrum

The exercise in this section comes from Holger Brenner and the Wikiversity course contributors. The following solution was independently written for this edition; it is not a public solution by Brenner and does not replace the source’s record that no solution is available. The translated problem text and this editorial material remain under CC BY-SA 4.0. Production provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No endorsement by the source author or human checking is implied.

The three mastery items for Unit 12 comprise the new solution below and source solution 12.5 and source solution 12.10. Both source solutions retain their source-solution status and are not rewritten here.

New item 1: the coordinate cross yields two projective points

Source: BGK Exercise 12.8, identifier Achsenkreuz/Projektives Spektrum/Aufgabe, revision 1082163. This statement uses the standard grading and an arbitrary field KK, without assuming that KK is algebraically closed.

Source exercise

Determine the projective spectrum of the coordinate cross

Spek(K[X,Y]/(XY)) \operatorname{Spek}(K[X,Y]/(XY))

with the standard grading.

Independent solution

Write

A=K[X,Y]/(XY),x=X¯,y=Y¯. A=K[X,Y]/(XY),\qquad x=\overline X,\qquad y=\overline Y.

The degrees of xx and yy are one, so the irrelevant ideal is A+=(x,y)A_+=(x,y). We seek all homogeneous prime ideals not containing (x,y)(x,y), together with their scheme structure.

Determining the points. For every prime ideal 𝔭\mathfrak p of AA, the equality xy=0xy=0 gives x𝔭x\in\mathfrak p or y𝔭y\in\mathfrak p. A prime ideal that is a point of Proj(A)\operatorname{Proj}(A) cannot contain both. Suppose x𝔭x\in\mathfrak p but y𝔭y\notin\mathfrak p. In

A/(x)K[y], A/(x)\cong K[y],

the ideal 𝔭/(x)\mathfrak p/(x) is a homogeneous prime ideal not containing yy. The only such ideal is (0)(0): every nonzero homogeneous polynomial in one variable has the form cydcy^d; if a proper homogeneous ideal contains such an element, then d>0d>0, and primality forces yy into the ideal. Hence 𝔭=(x)\mathfrak p=(x). Interchanging xx and yy, the other case gives 𝔭=(y)\mathfrak p=(y). Thus the set of points is exactly

Proj(A)={(x),(y)}. \operatorname{Proj}(A)=\{(x),(y)\}.

This argument determines all homogeneous prime points, not just points already expressed in KK-coordinates.

Determining the scheme structure. The standard opens D+(x)D_+(x) and D+(y)D_+(y) cover the projective spectrum. Since xx becomes a unit in AxA_x, the equation xy=0xy=0 forces y=0y=0. Therefore

AxK[x,x1],(Ax)0=K. A_x\cong K[x,x^{-1}],\qquad (A_x)_0=K.

Lemma 12.9, for the homogeneous element xx of degree one, gives

D+(x)Spek(K). D_+(x)\cong\operatorname{Spek}(K).

Likewise, D+(y)Spek(K)D_+(y)\cong\operatorname{Spek}(K). Their intersection is empty, since a prime ideal cannot omit both xx and yy when xy=0xy=0. Hence

Proj(K[X,Y]/(XY))Spek(K)Spek(K). \operatorname{Proj}(K[X,Y]/(XY)) \cong\operatorname{Spek}(K)\amalg\operatorname{Spek}(K).

The point (y)(y) belongs to D+(x)D_+(x) and has coordinates [1:0][1:0]; the point (x)(x) belongs to D+(y)D_+(y) and has coordinates [0:1][0:1]. Each point is both open and closed, its local ring is KK, and there is no hidden nilpotent structure. As an additional check, the global section ring is K×KK\times K, since sections on the two disjoint components can be chosen independently.

Checks and common mistakes

The ideal (x,y)(x,y) represents the origin of the affine coordinate cross, but is not a point of the projective spectrum because it contains the irrelevant ideal. Each affine axis, on the other hand, contributes one projective point, not a projective line. The answer does not depend on KK being algebraically closed: the coordinate ring of each affine open is already exactly KK.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 13 mastery: stalks, matrices, and invertible sheaves

All three exercises come from Holger Brenner and the Wikiversity course contributors. All solutions below are independent editorial material, not public solutions by Brenner. The frozen source provides no public solutions for these three exercises; that historical status is unchanged. The translated problem text and this editorial material remain under CC BY-SA 4.0. Production provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No endorsement by the source author or human checking is implied.

The Indonesian term ruang bergelanggang, rendered here as ringed space, follows the edition glossary and denotes the object called ruang berdering in the Indonesian source translation. This change in terminology does not add a requirement that the stalk rings be local.

New item 1: the module structure on a stalk

Source: BGK Exercise 13.5, identifier Beringter Raum/Modul/Halm/Aufgabe, revision 1082395.

Source exercise

Let \mathcal F be an 𝒪X\mathcal O_X-module on a ringed space (X,𝒪X)(X,\mathcal O_X). Prove that, for every PXP\in X, the stalk P\mathcal F_P is an 𝒪X,P\mathcal O_{X,P}-module.

Independent solution

An element aP𝒪X,Pa_P\in\mathcal O_{X,P} is represented by a section a𝒪X(U)a\in\mathcal O_X(U) on an open neighbourhood UU of PP. Likewise, sPPs_P\in\mathcal F_P has a representative s(V)s\in\mathcal F(V) for some open neighbourhood VV of PP. We define

aPsP:=((a|UV)(s|UV))P. a_Ps_P:=\bigl((a|_{U\cap V})(s|_{U\cap V})\bigr)_P.

The multiplication on the right is defined because (UV)\mathcal F(U\cap V) is a module over 𝒪X(UV)\mathcal O_X(U\cap V).

We must check that the result is independent of the representatives. Suppose aa' is another representative of aPa_P and ss' another representative of sPs_P. Equality of germs means that on a neighbourhood WaW_a of PP, the restrictions of aa and aa' agree, and on a neighbourhood WsW_s, the restrictions of ss and ss' agree. Intersect these neighbourhoods with all the representative domains. On this intersection, the two products agree. Compatibility of scalar multiplication with restrictions, which is part of Definition 13.5, ensures that the original two products determine the same germ. Thus the operation is well-defined.

Addition on P\mathcal F_P is constructed in the same way: restrict two representatives to a common neighbourhood, then add them. The abelian group axioms hold because each axiom involves only finitely many representatives; they can all be restricted to a common neighbourhood where the axiom already holds in (W)\mathcal F(W).

The same method proves the module axioms. For aP,bP𝒪X,Pa_P,b_P\in\mathcal O_{X,P} and sP,tPPs_P,t_P\in\mathcal F_P, choose representatives of all of them on a single WW. The axioms for the section module on WW give

(aP+bP)sP=aPsP+bPsP,aP(sP+tP)=aPsP+aPtP,(aPbP)sP=aP(bPsP),1PsP=sP. \begin{aligned} (a_P+b_P)s_P&=a_Ps_P+b_Ps_P,\\ a_P(s_P+t_P)&=a_Ps_P+a_Pt_P,\\ (a_Pb_P)s_P&=a_P(b_Ps_P),\\ 1_Ps_P&=s_P. \end{aligned}

Hence P\mathcal F_P has a natural 𝒪X,P\mathcal O_{X,P}-module structure. No assumption that the ringed space is locally ringed is required.

Checks and common mistakes

Multiplication of representatives with different domains must be preceded by restriction to a common neighbourhood. Nor is the stalk P\mathcal F_P the fibre: on a locally ringed space, the fibre defined in Definition 13.8 is P𝒪X,Pκ(P)\mathcal F_P\otimes_{\mathcal O_{X,P}}\kappa(P), which still requires a change of scalars to the residue field.

New item 2: unit determinants and isomorphisms of free sheaves

Source: BGK Exercise 13.10, identifier Beringter Raum/Freier Modul/Festlegungssatz/Determinante/Isomorphismus/Aufgabe, revision 1097130.

Source exercise

Let (X,𝒪X)(X,\mathcal O_X) be a ringed space and

si=(si1,,sin)Γ(X,𝒪X)n,1in. s_i=(s_{i1},\ldots,s_{in})\in\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X)^n, \qquad 1\leq i\leq n.

Prove that det(sij)\det(s_{ij}) is a unit in Γ(X,𝒪X)\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X) if and only if the associated homomorphism

φ:𝒪Xn𝒪Xn,eisi, \varphi:\mathcal O_X^n\longrightarrow\mathcal O_X^n, \qquad e_i\longmapsto s_i,

is an isomorphism.

Independent solution

Write R=Γ(X,𝒪X)R=\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X) and A=(sij)A=(s_{ij}). Theorem 13.10 ensures that these sections determine exactly one homomorphism of sheaves of modules. If coordinate vectors are written as columns, its matrix is B=A𝖳B=A^{\mathsf T}, since the iith column contains the coordinates of φ(ei)=si\varphi(e_i)=s_i. In particular, detB=detA\det B=\det A.

Suppose d=detAd=\det A is a unit in RR. The adjugate identity for matrices over a commutative ring gives

Badj(B)=adj(B)B=dIn. B\operatorname{adj}(B)=\operatorname{adj}(B)B=dI_n.

Hence the matrix

C=d1adj(B)Mn(R) C=d^{-1}\operatorname{adj}(B)\in M_n(R)

satisfies BC=CB=InBC=CB=I_n. The entries of CC are global sections. Restricting them to each open UU gives a Γ(U,𝒪X)\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_X)-module homomorphism on Γ(U,𝒪X)n\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_X)^n. These homomorphisms are compatible with restrictions and therefore determine a sheaf homomorphism ψ:𝒪Xn𝒪Xn\psi:\mathcal O_X^n\to\mathcal O_X^n. The matrix identities remain valid after restriction, so φψ=ψφ=id\varphi\psi=\psi\varphi=\operatorname{id}. Thus φ\varphi is an isomorphism.

Conversely, suppose φ\varphi is an isomorphism of sheaves of modules with inverse ψ\psi. Evaluating both composites on XX gives inverse RR-module homomorphisms on RnR^n. The matrix of ψX\psi_X in the standard basis is some CMn(R)C\in M_n(R), so

BC=CB=In. BC=CB=I_n.

Taking determinants gives

detAdetC=detBdetC=1. \det A\cdot\det C=\det B\cdot\det C=1.

Hence detA\det A is a unit, with inverse detC\det C. Both directions have been proved without treating the global section ring as a field.

Checks and common mistakes

The condition is a unit determinant, not merely a nonzero determinant. The matrix (2)(2) over \mathbb Z, for example, is not invertible over \mathbb Z. The transpose above merely records the row/column convention; transposition does not change the determinant. The converse uses an already existing sheaf inverse, not an assumption that any isomorphism on global sections gives an isomorphism of arbitrary sheaves.

New item 3: the dual of an invertible sheaf

Source: BGK Exercise 13.16, identifier Beringter Raum/Invertierbare Garben/Duale Garbe/Invertierbar/Aufgabe, revision 1082386.

Source exercise

Let \mathcal L be an invertible sheaf on a ringed space (X,𝒪X)(X,\mathcal O_X). Prove that the dual sheaf

*=om(,𝒪X) \mathcal L^*=\mathcal Hom(\mathcal L,\mathcal O_X)

is also invertible.

Independent solution

By Definition 13.17, there is an open cover X=iUiX=\bigcup_iU_i with |Ui𝒪X|Ui\mathcal L|_{U_i}\cong\mathcal O_X|_{U_i}. Choose a local basis ei(Ui)e_i\in\mathcal L(U_i) corresponding to the section 11 under this trivialisation. For each open VUiV\subseteq U_i, every section of (V)\mathcal L(V) is uniquely written as bei|Vb e_i|_V, with b𝒪X(V)b\in\mathcal O_X(V).

A dual section on VV is not merely a function on global sections: by Definition 13.13, it is a homomorphism of sheaves of modules

λ:|V𝒪X|V. \lambda:\mathcal L|_V\longrightarrow\mathcal O_X|_V.

This homomorphism determines an element a=λV(ei|V)𝒪X(V)a=\lambda_V(e_i|_V)\in\mathcal O_X(V). Conversely, each a𝒪X(V)a\in\mathcal O_X(V) determines such a homomorphism: on each WVW\subseteq V, define

λWa(bei|W)=b(a|W). \lambda^a_W(b e_i|_W)=b(a|_W).

Uniqueness of representation in the basis ei|We_i|_W makes this formula well-defined. It is 𝒪X(W)\mathcal O_X(W)-linear and compatible with every restriction. The two constructions are inverse. Moreover, when VV is restricted to a smaller open set, evaluation on eie_i and the construction of λa\lambda^a restrict in the same way. Thus we obtain an isomorphism of sheaves of modules

*|Ui𝒪X|Ui. \mathcal L^*|_{U_i}\cong\mathcal O_X|_{U_i}.

The same cover {Ui}\{U_i\} therefore shows that *\mathcal L^* is locally free of rank one, that is, invertible.

We can also check its transition maps. On UiUjU_i\cap U_j, write ej=gijeie_j=g_{ij}e_i, with gijg_{ij} a unit. If ei*e_i^* is the dual basis sending eie_i to 11, then

ej*=gij1ei*, e_j^*=g_{ij}^{-1}e_i^*,

because (gij1ei*)(gijei)=1(g_{ij}^{-1}e_i^*)(g_{ij}e_i)=1. Thus the dual transitions are also multiplication by units, as invertibility requires.

Checks and common mistakes

The proof chooses a basis only on each UiU_i, not a global basis. Invertibility of *\mathcal L^* does not say that the sheaf is globally trivial. Also distinguish the sheaf om(,𝒪X)\mathcal Hom(\mathcal L,\mathcal O_X) from a homomorphism module formed only from the two modules of global sections: the local computation above uses homomorphisms on all smaller open sets.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 14 mastery: localisation and global sections

The three exercises below come from Holger Brenner and the Wikiversity course contributors. Their solutions are independent editorial material, not public solutions by Brenner. The negative result of the search for public source solutions remains recorded; this supplementary material is not included in the source-solution corpus. The translated problem text and this editorial material remain under CC BY-SA 4.0. Production provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No endorsement by the source author or human checking is implied.

New item 1: zero at a point, zero on a neighbourhood

Source: BGK Exercise 14.3, identifier Kommutativer Ring/Modul/Endlich erzeugter/0 in Punkt/Umgebung/Aufgabe, revision 1039028.

Source exercise

Let RR be a commutative ring and MM a finitely generated RR-module. If 𝔭Spek(R)\mathfrak p\in\operatorname{Spek}(R) satisfies M𝔭=0M_{\mathfrak p}=0, prove that there is f𝔭f\notin\mathfrak p with Mf=0M_f=0.

Independent solution

Choose generators m1,,mrm_1,\ldots,m_r for MM. If M=0M=0, the choice f=1f=1 already gives the conclusion. For each generator in the general case, the assumption M𝔭=0M_{\mathfrak p}=0 gives

mi1=0in M𝔭. \frac{m_i}{1}=0\quad\text{in }M_{\mathfrak p}.

By the definition of equality in module localisation at the multiplicative set R\𝔭R\setminus\mathfrak p, there is si𝔭s_i\notin\mathfrak p such that simi=0s_i m_i=0 in MM. Take

f=s1s2sr. f=s_1s_2\cdots s_r.

Since 𝔭\mathfrak p is prime and contains none of the sis_i, we have f𝔭f\notin\mathfrak p. For every ii,

fmi=(jisj)(simi)=0. fm_i=\left(\prod_{j\ne i}s_j\right)(s_i m_i)=0.

Every element of MM is a linear combination of the mim_i, so fM=0fM=0. In MfM_f, the element ff becomes a unit. For any fraction m/fkMfm/f^k\in M_f,

mfk=fmfk+1=0. \frac{m}{f^k}=\frac{fm}{f^{k+1}}=0.

Hence Mf=0M_f=0. The principal open D(f)D(f) contains 𝔭\mathfrak p because f𝔭f\notin\mathfrak p. In sheaf language, further localisation at any point 𝔮D(f)\mathfrak q\in D(f) is also zero, so M̃|D(f)=0\widetilde M|_{D(f)}=0. This explains the geometric meaning of the neighbourhood found.

Checks and common mistakes

Finiteness is used to form one product ff annihilating all generators. The proof has no Noetherian or integral domain hypothesis. Without finiteness, a common denominator can fail to exist: for M=/M=\mathbb Q/\mathbb Z and 𝔭=(0)\mathfrak p=(0)\subset\mathbb Z, we have M(0)=0M_{(0)}=0 because every class is annihilated by a nonzero integer. However, for f0f\ne0, choose a prime number \ell not dividing ff. The class 1/+1/\ell+\mathbb Z remains nonzero after localisation at ff, since none of the fk/f^k/\ell are integers. Thus Mf0M_f\ne0 for every such choice.

New item 2: locally surjective, but not the unit ideal globally

Source: BGK Exercise 14.10, identifier Punktierte Ebene/Festlegungssatz/Kein Einheitsideal/Surjektiv/Aufgabe, revision 1081689.

Source exercise

Let KK be a field and U=𝔸K2\{(0,0)}U=\mathbb A_K^2\setminus\{(0,0)\} the punctured affine plane, with its structure sheaf 𝒪U\mathcal O_U. Give global sections s1,s2Γ(U,𝒪U)s_1,s_2\in\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U) such that (s1,s2)(s_1,s_2) is not the unit ideal, but the homomorphism of sheaves of modules

𝒪U2𝒪U,eisi, \mathcal O_U^2\longrightarrow\mathcal O_U, \qquad e_i\longmapsto s_i,

is surjective. Here 𝒪U\mathcal O_U is the restriction of the affine plane’s structure sheaf, also denoted by 𝒪X\mathcal O_X in the source exercise.

Independent solution

Take R=K[X,Y]R=K[X,Y] and regard the origin as the maximal ideal (X,Y)(X,Y). Since a prime ideal containing XX and YY must equal (X,Y)(X,Y),

U=D(X)D(Y). U=D(X)\cup D(Y).

We will use the restrictions of the coordinate functions s1=Xs_1=X and s2=Ys_2=Y.

Computing the global section ring. By the description of structure-sheaf sections on principal opens, which is also the case M=RM=R of Lemma 14.5,

Γ(D(X),𝒪U)=RX,Γ(D(Y),𝒪U)=RY. \Gamma(D(X),\mathcal O_U)=R_X,\qquad \Gamma(D(Y),\mathcal O_U)=R_Y.

The intersection is D(XY)D(XY), with section ring RXYR_{XY}. All these rings are subrings of the field of fractions K(X,Y)K(X,Y). The sheaf gluing axiom gives

Γ(U,𝒪U)=RXRYinside K(X,Y). \Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U)=R_X\cap R_Y \quad\text{inside }K(X,Y).

We prove that this intersection is exactly RR. If

aXm=bYn,a,bR, \frac a{X^m}=\frac b{Y^n},\qquad a,b\in R,

then aYn=bXmaY^n=bX^m. The element XX is prime in RR, since R/(X)=K[Y]R/(X)=K[Y] is an integral domain, and XX does not divide YY. Hence XmX^m divides aa, by repeatedly applying primality of XX. Thus a/XmRa/X^m\in R. The inclusion RRXRYR\subseteq R_X\cap R_Y is clear, so

Γ(U,𝒪U)=K[X,Y]. \Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U)=K[X,Y].

The global ideal is not the unit ideal. In this ring, the ideal generated by s1s_1 and s2s_2 is (X,Y)(X,Y), which is proper because R/(X,Y)K0R/(X,Y)\cong K\ne0. Concretely, there are no polynomials a,ba,b with aX+bY=1aX+bY=1: substituting X=Y=0X=Y=0 would give 0=10=1. This substitution merely tests an identity in the polynomial ring; we are not putting the origin back into UU.

The sheaf homomorphism is surjective. The map to check is

φ(a,b)=Xa+Yb. \varphi(a,b)=Xa+Yb.

On any open VD(X)V\subseteq D(X), the function XX has an inverse, so every t𝒪U(V)t\in\mathcal O_U(V) has a preimage (X1t,0)(X^{-1}t,0). This formula is compatible with restrictions and gives a right inverse to φ|D(X)\varphi|_{D(X)}. On D(Y)D(Y), a right inverse is t(0,Y1t)t\mapsto(0,Y^{-1}t). Since D(X)D(X) and D(Y)D(Y) cover UU, every target section can be lifted locally; equivalently, the map on each stalk is surjective. Thus φ\varphi is a surjection of sheaves of modules.

In contrast, the map on global sections is

R2R,(a,b)Xa+Yb, R^2\longrightarrow R,\qquad(a,b)\longmapsto Xa+Yb,

whose image is (X,Y)(X,Y) and does not contain 11. This is the required example.

Checks and common mistakes

The two local right inverses need not agree on the intersection; indeed, there is no global right inverse lifting 11. Sheaf surjectivity means the existence of local lifts, not surjectivity on sections over every open set. This computation works over any field KK and uses all prime points of the scheme, not just its rational points.

New item 3: change of scalars and the tensor–Hom adjunction

Source: BGK Exercise 14.15, identifier Ringwechsel/Vorgezogener und zurückgezogener Modul/Homomorphismus/Aufgabe, revision 1039630.

Source exercise

Let θ:AB\theta:A\to B be a homomorphism of commutative rings, MM an AA-module, and NN a BB-module. Write NN' for NN viewed as an AA-module through θ\theta. Prove the natural group isomorphism

HomB(MAB,N)HomA(M,N). \operatorname{Hom}_B(M\otimes_A B,N) \cong\operatorname{Hom}_A(M,N').

Independent solution

The scalar structure on NN' is an=θ(a)na\cdot n=\theta(a)n. Define the first map by evaluating on tensors whose second factor is 11:

Φ(f)(m)=f(m1). \Phi(f)(m)=f(m\otimes1).

This map is additive in mm. For aAa\in A,

Φ(f)(am)=f(am1)=f(mθ(a))=θ(a)f(m1)=aΦ(f)(m). \begin{aligned} \Phi(f)(am) &=f(am\otimes1)\\ &=f(m\otimes\theta(a))\\ &=\theta(a)f(m\otimes1)\\ &=a\cdot\Phi(f)(m). \end{aligned}

Thus Φ(f)\Phi(f) is an AA-module homomorphism from MM to NN'.

For the reverse direction, given gHomA(M,N)g\in\operatorname{Hom}_A(M,N'), we want to define

Ψ(g)(mb)=bg(m). \Psi(g)(m\otimes b)=b\,g(m).

The map (m,b)bg(m)(m,b)\mapsto b g(m) is additive in each variable. It is also AA-balanced, since

bg(am)=bθ(a)g(m)=(θ(a)b)g(m). b\,g(am)=b\theta(a)g(m)=(\theta(a)b)g(m).

The universal property of the tensor product therefore gives exactly one additive map MABNM\otimes_A B\to N with this formula. It is BB-linear: for cBc\in B,

Ψ(g)(mcb)=cbg(m)=cΨ(g)(mb). \Psi(g)(m\otimes cb)=cb\,g(m) =c\,\Psi(g)(m\otimes b).

Since pure tensors generate MABM\otimes_A B as an additive group, this check proves linearity on all elements.

The two constructions are inverse. For gg,

Φ(Ψ(g))(m)=Ψ(g)(m1)=g(m). \Phi(\Psi(g))(m)=\Psi(g)(m\otimes1)=g(m).

For ff, BB-linearity gives

Ψ(Φ(f))(mb)=bf(m1)=f(mb). \Psi(\Phi(f))(m\otimes b) =b f(m\otimes1) =f(m\otimes b).

Equality on pure tensors extends to the whole tensor product. The formulas also respect addition of ff and of gg, so they genuinely give a group isomorphism, not merely a bijection of sets.

Finally, naturality can be checked without choosing a basis. If u:M1Mu:M_1\to M is an AA-module homomorphism and v:NN1v:N\to N_1 a BB-module homomorphism, then for every m1M1m_1\in M_1,

Φ(vf(uidB))(m1)=v(f(u(m1)1))=(vΦ(f)u)(m1). \begin{aligned} \Phi\bigl(v\circ f\circ(u\otimes\operatorname{id}_B)\bigr)(m_1) &=v\bigl(f(u(m_1)\otimes1)\bigr)\\ &=(v\circ\Phi(f)\circ u)(m_1). \end{aligned}

Thus the isomorphism is compatible with changing MM and NN through homomorphisms, exactly as the word natural means.

Checks and common mistakes

On the right, linearity uses the AA-structure on NN' through θ\theta; do not assume that MM is already a BB-module. A formula on tensors must satisfy the balancing relation before it can be declared well-defined. The proof makes no finiteness, freeness, or flatness assumptions on the modules.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 15 mastery exercises

The following three exercises come from the course by Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributors. The complete solutions and checking notes are independent editorial material, not public source solutions or translations of Brenner’s solutions. Within the frozen source scope, none of the three exercises has a public solution page. This addition does not change that record.

This material uses the source notation: M̂\widehat M is the sheaf on Proj(R)\operatorname{Proj}(R) associated to a graded module MM; this notation is distinguished from M̃\widetilde M on the affine spectrum.

1. Different modules, the same projective sheaf

Exercise source: Exercise 15.7, ID br-bgk-2019-w15-ex07. Source entity Graduierter Ring/Moduln/Realisierung auf Proj/Aufgabe, revision 1081620.

Problem statement. Let RR be a \mathbb Z-graded ring and Y=Proj(R)Y=\operatorname{Proj}(R). Show that nonisomorphic graded RR-modules can give isomorphic sheaves of 𝒪Y\mathcal O_Y-modules.

Editorial solution. The word can asks for an example of this phenomenon. Take a field KK and the standard graded ring

R=K[X0,X1],Y=K1. R=K[X_0,X_1],\qquad Y=\mathbb P_K^1.

Define three graded modules

T=R/(X0,X1),M=R,N=RT. T=R/(X_0,X_1),\qquad M=R,\qquad N=R\oplus T.

The module TT is isomorphic to KK in degree 00, with all other graded components zero. Hence

dimKM0=1,dimKN0=2. \dim_K M_0=1,\qquad \dim_K N_0=2.

A graded module isomorphism preserves every graded component, so MM and NN are not isomorphic as graded modules. They remain nonisomorphic even after forgetting the grading: NN has a nonzero element (0,1¯)(0,\overline 1) annihilated by X0X_0, whereas multiplication by X0X_0 in the integral domain R=MR=M is injective.

Now consider the standard cover

Y=D+(X0)D+(X1). Y=D_+(X_0)\cup D_+(X_1).

Since XiT=0X_iT=0, the localisation TXiT_{X_i} is the zero module. Indeed, XiX_i is invertible in this localised module, so every t/1t/1 satisfies

t1=Xi1Xit1=0. \frac t1=X_i^{-1}\frac{X_it}{1}=0.

By Lemma 15.3(2), the sheaf T̂\widehat T on D+(Xi)D_+(X_i) is associated to (TXi)0=0(T_{X_i})_0=0. Thus T̂\widehat T is zero on both members of the cover, and therefore on all of YY.

The projection π:NR\pi:N\to R, (r,t)r(r,t)\mapsto r, induces a morphism π̂:N̂R̂\widehat\pi:\widehat N\to\widehat R. On each D+(Xi)D_+(X_i), this morphism comes from the isomorphism

(NXi)0=(RXi)0(TXi)0=(RXi)0. (N_{X_i})_0 =(R_{X_i})_0\oplus(T_{X_i})_0 =(R_{X_i})_0.

Its local inverse comes from r(r,0)r\mapsto(r,0), so these inverses are compatible on the intersection. Hence

N̂R̂=𝒪Y=M̂. \widehat N\cong\widehat R=\mathcal O_Y=\widehat M.

This is the required pair. The component TT is visible in the graded module but disappears in every localisation used by the projective cover.

Check and pitfall. Do not conclude that T=0T=0 merely because T̂=0\widehat T=0. In this example 1¯T\overline1\in T is clearly nonzero. What vanish are all the (TXi)0(T_{X_i})_0. This example proves the possibility requested by the exercise; it does not say that all different modules have the same sheaf.

2. Ten cubic sections on the projective plane

Exercise source: Exercise 15.12, ID br-bgk-2019-w15-ex12. Source entity Getwistete Strukturgarbe/Projektive Ebene/Grad 3/Basis/Aufgabe, revision 659923.

Problem statement. For a field KK, give an explicit basis of

Γ(K2,𝒪K2(3)) \Gamma\bigl(\mathbb P_K^2,\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^2}(3)\bigr)

as a vector space over KK, then determine its dimension.

Editorial solution. Example 15.5 applies to projective space of dimension at least one over a field. With d=2d=2 and =3\ell=3, it gives the identification

Γ(K2,𝒪K2(3))K[X0,X1,X2]3. \Gamma\bigl(\mathbb P_K^2,\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^2}(3)\bigr) \cong K[X_0,X_1,X_2]_3.

The right-hand side is the space of homogeneous polynomials of total degree 33. Its monomials correspond to triples of nonnegative integers (a0,a1,a2)(a_0,a_1,a_2) satisfying a0+a1+a2=3a_0+a_1+a_2=3. The complete list gives the basis

={X03,X13,X23,X02X1,X02X2,X12X0,X12X2,X22X0,X22X1,X0X1X2}. \begin{aligned} \mathcal B=\{&X_0^3,\ X_1^3,\ X_2^3,\\ &X_0^2X_1,\ X_0^2X_2,\ X_1^2X_0,\\ &X_1^2X_2,\ X_2^2X_0,\ X_2^2X_1,\\ &X_0X_1X_2\}. \end{aligned}

There are three exponent patterns: (3,0,0)(3,0,0) with its three placements; (2,1,0)(2,1,0) with its six placements; and (1,1,1)(1,1,1). Thus the list has 3+6+1=103+6+1=10 members.

To prove that the list is indeed a basis, not merely a set of ten sections, take a homogeneous polynomial FF of degree 33. Its monomial expansion writes FF as a linear combination of members of \mathcal B. If a linear combination of members of \mathcal B is zero, every monomial coefficient must vanish, since monomial expansions in a polynomial ring are unique. Thus these elements are linearly independent and span the whole space. Therefore

dimKΓ(K2,𝒪K2(3))=10. \dim_K\Gamma\bigl(\mathbb P_K^2,\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^2}(3)\bigr)=10.

Locally on D+(Xi)D_+(X_i), a polynomial FF can be written as

F=(FXi3)Xi3. F=\left(\frac{F}{X_i^3}\right)X_i^3.

Here F/Xi3F/X_i^3 is a regular function of degree zero, while Xi3X_i^3 is a local generator of the sheaf 𝒪(3)\mathcal O(3). This expression explains how the homogeneous polynomial represents a section and why the global identification above does not claim that FF is an ordinary global regular function on K2\mathbb P_K^2.

Check and pitfall. The counting formula (3+22)=10\binom{3+2}{2}=10 checks the number. Do not include monomials of lower degree: the degree is exactly 33, not at most 33. The argument does not divide by 22 or 33, so it remains valid in every characteristic.

3. Tensoring two twists adds their degrees

Exercise source: Exercise 15.13, ID br-bgk-2019-w15-ex13. Source entity Projektives Spektrum/Getwistete Strukturgarben/Tensorierung/Aufgabe, revision 1097158.

Problem statement. Let RR be a standard graded commutative ring and Y=Proj(R)Y=\operatorname{Proj}(R). For ,m\ell,m\in\mathbb Z, prove

𝒪Y()𝒪Y𝒪Y(m)𝒪Y(+m). \mathcal O_Y(\ell)\otimes_{\mathcal O_Y}\mathcal O_Y(m) \cong\mathcal O_Y(\ell+m).

Editorial solution. If YY is empty, the statement holds immediately for sheaves on the empty space. Otherwise, choose degree-one generators xix_i of RR as an algebra over R0R_0. The sets Ui=D+(xi)U_i=D_+(x_i) cover YY. Write Ai=(Rxi)0A_i=(R_{x_i})_0, so Ui=Spek(Ai)U_i=\operatorname{Spek}(A_i).

With the lecture’s shift convention, the sheaf 𝒪Y(n)\mathcal O_Y(n) on UiU_i is associated to the module

(Rxi)n=Aixin. (R_{x_i})_n=A_i x_i^n.

This equality holds for every nn\in\mathbb Z, including n<0n<0: xix_i is invertible in RxiR_{x_i}, and dividing a degree-nn element by xinx_i^n gives a degree-zero element. Thus xinx_i^n is a basis of this free rank-one module on a nonempty chart. This is the trivialisation in Lemma 15.6.

Multiplication in the graded localised ring defines the map

μi:(Aixi)Ai(Aixim)Aixi+m,(axi)(bxim)abxi+m. \begin{aligned} \mu_i:(A_ix_i^\ell)\otimes_{A_i}(A_ix_i^m) &\longrightarrow A_ix_i^{\ell+m},\\ (a x_i^\ell)\otimes(b x_i^m)&\longmapsto abx_i^{\ell+m}. \end{aligned}

This map is AiA_i-linear and respects the tensor relation (caxi)(bxim)=(axi)(cbxim)(ca x_i^\ell)\otimes(bx_i^m)=(a x_i^\ell)\otimes(cb x_i^m). Its inverse is explicitly

νi(cxi+m)=(cxi)xim. \nu_i(c x_i^{\ell+m})=(c x_i^\ell)\otimes x_i^m.

The composite μiνi\mu_i\nu_i is the identity. Conversely,

νiμi((axi)(bxim))=(abxi)xim=(axi)(bxim), \nu_i\mu_i((a x_i^\ell)\otimes(bx_i^m)) =(abx_i^\ell)\otimes x_i^m =(a x_i^\ell)\otimes(bx_i^m),

so νiμi\nu_i\mu_i is also the identity. Passing to associated sheaves gives the desired isomorphism on UiU_i.

We must still check that these local isomorphisms glue. On UiUjU_i\cap U_j, the element xj/xix_j/x_i is a degree-zero unit, and the local bases are related by

xjn=(xjxi)nxin. x_j^n=\left(\frac{x_j}{x_i}\right)^n x_i^n.

For the tensor product, the change-of-basis factor is (xj/xi)(xj/xi)m=(xj/xi)+m(x_j/x_i)^\ell(x_j/x_i)^m=(x_j/x_i)^{\ell+m}, exactly the change-of-basis factor for the target sheaf. Thus μi\mu_i and μj\mu_j give the same map on the intersection. They glue to a global morphism

μ:𝒪Y()𝒪Y𝒪Y(m)𝒪Y(+m). \mu:\mathcal O_Y(\ell)\otimes_{\mathcal O_Y}\mathcal O_Y(m) \longrightarrow\mathcal O_Y(\ell+m).

This morphism is an isomorphism on an open cover, hence a global isomorphism.

Check and pitfall. Taking m=m=-\ell gives 𝒪Y()𝒪Y()𝒪Y\mathcal O_Y(\ell)\otimes\mathcal O_Y(-\ell)\cong\mathcal O_Y. The argument uses invertibility of xix_i only on the chart D+(xi)D_+(x_i), not an assumption that xix_i is a global unit. Standard grading provides the cover by degree-one elements; this hypothesis cannot be dropped from the proof.

Origin and licence of the supplement

The problem statements remain credited to Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributors through the source identities above. Editorial solutions prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This supplement is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. It is not an official publication or a set of solutions reviewed by the source author, and it implies no endorsement by the author, Wikiversity, or the Wikimedia Foundation.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 23 mastery exercises

The exercises below come from the course by Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributors. The solutions and checking notes are independent editorial material, not public source solutions. The source freeze contains no public solution pages for these three exercises; this editorial addition does not change the negative result recorded in the source edition.

We write commutative group operations additively. A group DD is called divisible if, for every n1n\geq1, multiplication by nn on DD is surjective. An injective module must satisfy the extension property while preserving the specified scalar structure. The Indonesian term flasid means flasque, as in the lecture: all restriction maps of the sheaf are surjective.

1. Divisible as a group, but not injective as a module

Exercise source: Exercise 23.11, ID br-bgk-2019-w23-ex11. Source entity Modul/Divisible Gruppe/Nicht injektiv/Aufgabe, revision 837979.

Problem statement. Give an example of a commutative ring RR and an RR-module MM that is not injective, although MM is divisible as a commutative group.

Editorial solution. Take

R=[X],M=R. R=\mathbb Q[X],\qquad M=R.

The additive group of MM is divisible: for every polynomial f(X)[X]f(X)\in\mathbb Q[X] and every integer n1n\geq1, the polynomial f(X)/nf(X)/n still has rational coefficients and satisfies n(f/n)=fn(f/n)=f. This statement uses only addition and multiplication by integers.

To test injectivity as an RR-module, consider the ideal inclusion XRRXR\subseteq R and the map

φ:XRM,Xf(X)f(X). \varphi:XR\longrightarrow M,\qquad Xf(X)\longmapsto f(X).

This map is well-defined because the representation XfXf determines ff uniquely: XX is not a zero divisor in [X]\mathbb Q[X]. For a,fRa,f\in R, we have φ(aXf)=af=aφ(Xf)\varphi(aXf)=af=a\varphi(Xf), so φ\varphi is indeed RR-linear.

If MM were injective, Definition 23.1 would give an RR-linear extension

ψ:RM,ψ|XR=φ. \psi:R\longrightarrow M,\qquad \psi|_{XR}=\varphi.

Write p(X)=ψ(1)p(X)=\psi(1). By linearity, every aRa\in R satisfies ψ(a)=ap(X)\psi(a)=a p(X). In particular,

1=φ(X)=ψ(X)=Xp(X). 1=\varphi(X)=\psi(X)=X p(X).

This is impossible in [X]\mathbb Q[X]: the right-hand side has constant term zero, whereas the left-hand side has constant term one. Hence φ\varphi has no RR-linear extension, so MM is not injective as an RR-module.

Check and pitfall. Dividing coefficients by an integer nn is a legitimate operation in MM; dividing the polynomial 11 by XX is not. Lemma 23.5 identifies divisibility with injectivity for commutative groups, that is, \mathbb Z-modules. It does not identify divisibility of the additive group with injectivity over an arbitrary larger ring RR.

2. An injective resolution of length one for every commutative group

Exercise source: Exercise 23.13, ID br-bgk-2019-w23-ex13. Source entity Kommutative Gruppe/Kurze injektive Auflösung/Aufgabe, revision 1039002.

Problem statement. Prove that every commutative group GG has an injective resolution of the form

0GI0I10. 0\longrightarrow G\longrightarrow I_0\longrightarrow I_1 \longrightarrow0.

Editorial solution. We give a construction and check its exactness. Choose a generating set SS for GG; the set of all elements of GG itself may be used. There is a surjection

p:F=(S)G p:F=\mathbb Z^{(S)}\longrightarrow G

sending the basis vector ese_s to the generator ss. Write H=kerpH=\ker p. The first isomorphism theorem gives GF/HG\cong F/H.

Embed FF in the rational vector space

V=(S). V=\mathbb Q^{(S)}.

Parentheses in the superscript denote a direct sum: each vector has only finitely many nonzero coordinates. We can divide such a vector by every positive integer without changing its finite-support property. Thus the additive group of VV is divisible.

Since HFVH\subseteq F\subseteq V, set

I0=V/H,I1=V/F. I_0=V/H,\qquad I_1=V/F.

Both groups are divisible. Explicitly, for a class v+HV/Hv+H\in V/H and n1n\geq1, the class (v/n)+H(v/n)+H satisfies n((v/n)+H)=v+Hn((v/n)+H)=v+H; the same argument applies modulo FF. By Lemma 23.5, every divisible commutative group is injective as a \mathbb Z-module. Hence I0I_0 and I1I_1 are injective in the category being used.

Define

j:F/HV/H,f+Hf+H,d:V/HV/F,v+Hv+F. \begin{aligned} j:F/H&\longrightarrow V/H,& f+H&\longmapsto f+H,\\ d:V/H&\longrightarrow V/F,& v+H&\longmapsto v+F. \end{aligned}

Both maps are well-defined because HFH\subseteq F. The map jj is injective: if the image of f+Hf+H is zero in V/HV/H, then fHf\in H, so the original class is zero in F/HF/H. The map dd is surjective, since every class v+Fv+F has preimage v+Hv+H.

Finally,

kerd={v+HV/HvF}=F/H=imj. \begin{aligned} \ker d &=\{v+H\in V/H\mid v\in F\}\\ &=F/H=\operatorname{im}j. \end{aligned}

Under the identification GF/HG\cong F/H, we obtain the short exact sequence

0GjI0dI10 0\longrightarrow G\xrightarrow{j}I_0\xrightarrow{d}I_1 \longrightarrow0

with both terms I0,I1I_0,I_1 injective, exactly as required.

Check and pitfall. For G=G=\mathbb Z, the construction can be chosen as 0/00\to\mathbb Z\to\mathbb Q\to\mathbb Q/\mathbb Z\to0. This sequence need not split: injectivity of I0I_0 does not force its subgroup GG to be a direct summand. Lemma 23.6 asserts splitting when the left-hand term of a short exact sequence is injective, not merely its middle term. The exercise’s result is also specific to commutative groups; it is not a bound on the length of injective resolutions for modules over an arbitrary commutative ring.

3. The sheaf of all functions is flasque

Exercise source: Exercise 23.19, ID br-bgk-2019-w23-ex19. Source entity Kommutative Gruppe/Abbildungen/Garbe/Welk/Aufgabe, revision 1081885.

Problem statement. Let GG be a commutative group and XX a topological space. Prove that the sheaf

(U)=Abb(U,G) \mathcal F(U)=\operatorname{Abb}(U,G)

on XX is flasque. The notation Abb(U,G)\operatorname{Abb}(U,G) means all set maps from UU to GG, with no continuity requirement.

Editorial solution. Addition on (U)\mathcal F(U) is pointwise, and for open UVU\subseteq V the restriction map is rV,U(s)=s|Ur_{V,U}(s)=s|_U. This is a group homomorphism and plainly satisfies the identity and composition compatibility of restrictions.

First check the sheaf property. Let U=iIUiU=\bigcup_{i\in I}U_i be an open cover, and let functions si:UiGs_i:U_i\to G agree on each intersection UiUjU_i\cap U_j. For xUx\in U, choose an ii with xUix\in U_i and set s(x)=si(x)s(x)=s_i(x). Agreement on intersections ensures that this value is independent of the choice of ii. Thus s:UGs:U\to G restricts to sis_i on each UiU_i. A function with this property is unique, since every point of UU lies in some UiU_i. On the empty set there is just one function G\varnothing\to G, as the sheaf axiom requires. Thus \mathcal F is indeed a sheaf of commutative groups.

Now take open sets UVU\subseteq V and a section s(U)s\in\mathcal F(U). With 0G0_G the identity element of GG, define the function

s̃:VG,s̃(x)={s(x),xU,0G,xV\U. \widetilde s:V\longrightarrow G,\qquad \widetilde s(x)= \begin{cases} s(x),&x\in U,\\ 0_G,&x\in V\setminus U. \end{cases}

Since (V)\mathcal F(V) contains all functions, s̃\widetilde s is a legitimate section; we do not need V\UV\setminus U to be open. Clearly rV,U(s̃)=sr_{V,U}(\widetilde s)=s. Thus every section on UU extends to VV, so rV,Ur_{V,U} is surjective.

The argument applies to every UVU\subseteq V, including U=U=\varnothing. By Definition 23.14, \mathcal F is flasque.

Check and pitfall. Extension by zero above even gives a group-homomorphism right inverse to each restriction. However, the same method does not automatically work for a sheaf of continuous functions: assigning zero outside UU can destroy continuity at the boundary of UU. For example, x1/xx\mapsto1/x on (0,1)(0,1)\subseteq\mathbb R has no real-valued continuous extension to all of \mathbb R. The absence of a continuity requirement in Abb(U,G)\operatorname{Abb}(U,G) is an essential part of the proof.

Origin and licence of the supplement

The problem statements and cited lecture results are credited to Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributors. Editorial solutions prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This supplementary material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. It claims no review or endorsement by the source author, Wikiversity, the Wikimedia Foundation, or source institutions.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 24 mastery exercises: Hom and Ext

The following three exercises come from Holger Brenner’s course. The solutions here are new editorial material, not public source solutions or translations of the author’s work. The source worksheet and its record of the absence of public solutions are preserved. This sequence connects left exactness of Hom\operatorname{Hom}, the property of projective modules, and a nonzero Ext1\operatorname{Ext}^1 computation.

Source Exercise 24.1: left exactness of Hom

Source: Exercise 24.1 in the BGK reader, entity Modul/Homomorphismenmodul/Kovariant/Linksexakt/Aufgabe, revision 1081675, page 114118. The exercise is preserved without changing its hypotheses.

Problem statement

Let RR be a commutative ring, AA an RR-module, and

0LiMpN0 0\longrightarrow L\xrightarrow{i}M\xrightarrow{p}N\longrightarrow0

a short exact sequence of RR-modules. Prove that the sequence

0HomR(A,L)i*HomR(A,M)p*HomR(A,N) 0\longrightarrow\operatorname{Hom}_R(A,L) \xrightarrow{i_*}\operatorname{Hom}_R(A,M) \xrightarrow{p_*}\operatorname{Hom}_R(A,N)

is exact. Here i*(f)=ifi_*(f)=i\circ f and p*(g)=pgp_*(g)=p\circ g.

Complete editorial solution

First, i*i_* is injective. If if=0i\circ f=0, then for every aAa\in A we have i(f(a))=0i(f(a))=0. Since ii is injective, f(a)=0f(a)=0 for every aa, so f=0f=0.

Next, pi=0p\circ i=0 gives

p*(i*(f))=pif=0. p_*(i_*(f))=p\circ i\circ f=0.

Thus im(i*)ker(p*)\operatorname{im}(i_*)\subseteq\ker(p_*). For the reverse inclusion, take g:AMg:A\to M with pg=0p\circ g=0. Every g(a)g(a) lies in ker(p)=im(i)\ker(p)=\operatorname{im}(i). Since ii is injective, there is exactly one element f(a)Lf(a)\in L such that i(f(a))=g(a)i(f(a))=g(a). This defines a map f:ALf:A\to L.

The map is linear. For a,aAa,a'\in A and rRr\in R,

i(f(a+a))=g(a+a)=g(a)+g(a)=i(f(a)+f(a)),i(f(ra))=g(ra)=rg(a)=i(rf(a)). \begin{aligned} i(f(a+a'))&=g(a+a')=g(a)+g(a')=i(f(a)+f(a')),\\ i(f(ra))&=g(ra)=rg(a)=i(rf(a)). \end{aligned}

Injectivity of ii gives f(a+a)=f(a)+f(a)f(a+a')=f(a)+f(a') and f(ra)=rf(a)f(ra)=rf(a). Hence fHomR(A,L)f\in\operatorname{Hom}_R(A,L) and g=i*(f)g=i_*(f). Thus ker(p*)=im(i*)\ker(p_*)=\operatorname{im}(i_*), as required.

Check and pitfall

The requested sequence has no 00 on the right. Surjectivity of pp does not guarantee that every map ANA\to N lifts to MM. The proof only lifts maps whose images already lie in ker(p)\ker(p) to the module LL; that differs from lifting maps to NN.

Source Exercise 24.3: a projective module in the first argument

Source: Exercise 24.3 in the BGK reader, entity Projektiver Modul/Extmoduln/Aufgabe, revision 1039771, page 114115. The definition used is Definition 24.11.

Problem statement

Let RR be a commutative ring, PP a projective RR-module, and MM an RR-module. Prove that

ExtRn(P,M)=0(n1). \operatorname{Ext}_R^n(P,M)=0\qquad(n\geq1).

Complete editorial solution

Take an injective resolution of the second argument,

0MI0d0I1d1I2. 0\longrightarrow M\longrightarrow I^0\xrightarrow{d^0}I^1 \xrightarrow{d^1}I^2\longrightarrow\cdots.

By definition, ExtRn(P,M)=Hn(HomR(P,I))\operatorname{Ext}_R^n(P,M)=H^n(\operatorname{Hom}_R(P,I^\bullet)). We show directly that every positive-degree cocycle is a coboundary.

Fix n1n\geq1 and take a homomorphism f:PInf:P\to I^n that is a cocycle, meaning dnf=0d^n\circ f=0. With Zn=ker(dn)Z^n=\ker(d^n), the map ff factors through a homomorphism f:PZn\bar f:P\to Z^n. Exactness of the resolution gives a surjection

dn1:In1Zn,udn1(u). \bar d^{\,n-1}:I^{n-1}\longrightarrow Z^n, \qquad u\longmapsto d^{n-1}(u).

Projectivity of PP means that homomorphisms from PP can be lifted through every surjection. Thus there is g:PIn1g:P\to I^{n-1} with dn1g=f\bar d^{\,n-1}\circ g=\bar f. Including ZnZ^n into InI^n, we obtain

dn1g=f. d^{n-1}\circ g=f.

Thus ff is indeed a coboundary. Since every cocycle has this form, the quotient of cocycles by coboundaries is zero in every degree n1n\geq1. This is the required statement.

Check and pitfall

It is PP, the first argument, that must be projective; the injective resolution is still taken of MM, the second argument. We do not assert that PP is injective. Nor does the conclusion hold in degree zero: for example, ExtR0(R,M)=HomR(R,M)M\operatorname{Ext}_R^0(R,M)=\operatorname{Hom}_R(R,M)\cong M can be nonzero.

Source Exercise 24.4: Ext classes detected modulo k

Source: Exercise 24.4 in the BGK reader, entity Extmodul/1/Z mod k und Z/Nicht 0/Aufgabe, revision 1107271, page 114122. The computation below proves the source’s nonvanishing conclusion and also determines the group; the hypothesis k2k\geq2 is unchanged.

Problem statement

Using the short exact sequence

0k/(k)0, 0\longrightarrow\mathbb Z\xrightarrow{\,\cdot k\,}\mathbb Z \longrightarrow\mathbb Z/(k)\longrightarrow0,

prove that Ext1(/(k),)\operatorname{Ext}_{\mathbb Z}^1(\mathbb Z/(k),\mathbb Z) is nonzero for k2k\geq2.

Complete editorial solution

Write A=/(k)A=\mathbb Z/(k) and take an injective resolution

0ιI0d0I1d1I2. 0\longrightarrow\mathbb Z\xrightarrow{\iota}I^0 \xrightarrow{d^0}I^1\xrightarrow{d^1}I^2\longrightarrow\cdots.

We will construct an isomorphism

/(k)H1(Hom(A,I))=Ext1(A,). \mathbb Z/(k)\xrightarrow{\ \sim\ } H^1(\operatorname{Hom}_{\mathbb Z}(A,I^\bullet)) =\operatorname{Ext}_{\mathbb Z}^1(A,\mathbb Z).

For nn\in\mathbb Z, define a homomorphism from the subgroup kk\mathbb Z\subseteq\mathbb Z to I0I^0 by kι(n)k\mapsto\iota(n). Injectivity of I0I^0 extends it to a homomorphism I0\mathbb Z\to I^0. If the image of 11 is yy, then ky=ι(n)ky=\iota(n). Since d0ι=0d^0\iota=0, the element d0yd^0y is killed by kk. Hence there is a homomorphism

fn:AI1,1¯d0y. f_n:A\longrightarrow I^1,\qquad \overline{1}\longmapsto d^0y.

The equality d1d0=0d^1d^0=0 shows that fnf_n is a cocycle. Set δ(n)=[fn]\delta(n)=[f_n]. If yy' is another choice, k(yy)=0k(y-y')=0, so b:AI0b:A\to I^0, b(1¯)=yyb(\overline1)=y-y', is well-defined. The difference fnfn=d0bf_n-f'_n=d^0\circ b is a coboundary. Thus δ(n)\delta(n) is independent of the choice of yy. Choosing y+yy+y' for n+nn+n' also shows that δ\delta is additive.

Now compute its kernel. If n=kmn=km, we may take y=ι(m)y=\iota(m); then fn=0f_n=0 and kkerδk\mathbb Z\subseteq\ker\delta. Conversely, suppose δ(n)=0\delta(n)=0. There is b:AI0b:A\to I^0 with fn=d0bf_n=d^0\circ b. For b0=b(1¯)b_0=b(\overline1) we have kb0=0kb_0=0 and d0(yb0)=0d^0(y-b_0)=0. Exactness of the resolution gives yb0=ι(m)y-b_0=\iota(m) for some mm\in\mathbb Z. Multiply by kk:

ι(n)=ky=kb0+kι(m)=ι(km). \iota(n)=ky=kb_0+k\iota(m)=\iota(km).

Since ι\iota is injective, n=kmn=km. Thus kerδ=k\ker\delta=k\mathbb Z.

Finally, δ\delta is surjective. A cocycle f:AI1f:A\to I^1 is determined by z=f(1¯)z=f(\overline1) with kz=0kz=0 and d1z=0d^1z=0. Exactness of the resolution gives z=d0yz=d^0y for some yI0y\in I^0. Now d0(ky)=kz=0d^0(ky)=kz=0, so ky=ι(n)ky=\iota(n) for some integer nn. The construction above yields fn=ff_n=f. Thus every cohomology class lies in the image of δ\delta.

The first isomorphism theorem gives

Ext1(/(k),)/(k). \operatorname{Ext}_{\mathbb Z}^1(\mathbb Z/(k),\mathbb Z) \cong\mathbb Z/(k).

The class 1¯\overline1 is nonzero when k2k\geq2, so this Ext group is nonzero. The inclusion kk\mathbb Z\subseteq\mathbb Z used in the construction is precisely the image of the map k\cdot k in the source’s short exact sequence.

Check and pitfall

Do not apply a long exact sequence in the first argument of Ext without explaining why: the lecture’s definition uses a resolution of the second argument. The cocycle computation above works directly with that definition. Also check k=1k=1: the result is the zero group, so the bound k2k\geq2 is genuinely needed for the source’s conclusion.

Origin and licence of the material

Exercises: Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributors at the linked revisions, from Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie (Osnabrück 2019-2020). Solutions and mastery notes: independently prepared editorial material by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; the attribution and licences of source components remain applicable. There is no claim that these new solutions were written or reviewed by the source author, and no endorsement by the author, contributors, Wikiversity, or the Wikimedia Foundation is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 25 mastery exercises: local representatives and first cohomology

The following two solutions are new editorial material for Holger Brenner’s exercises, not public source solutions. Together with the public solution to Exercise 25.1, they form three mastery items for Unit 25. That public solution remains in its original place and retains its source attribution “essentially Tarek Emmrich”; it is neither copied nor counted as new editorial work.

Source Exercise 25.2: gluing representatives modulo continuous functions

Source: Exercise 25.2 in the BGK reader, entity Intervall/Intervallüberdeckung/2/Funktionen modulo stetige Funktionen/Global surjektiv/Aufgabe, revision 1096998, page 114224. No adaptation has been made to the exercise’s hypotheses.

Problem statement

Let II\subseteq\mathbb R be a real interval and I=UVI=U\cup V, where U,VU,V are intervals relatively open in II. Consider the short exact sequence of sheaves

0C0(,)Abb(,)𝒬0,𝒬=Abb(,)/C0(,). 0\longrightarrow C^0(-,\mathbb R) \longrightarrow\operatorname{Abb}(-,\mathbb R) \longrightarrow\mathcal Q\longrightarrow0, \qquad \mathcal Q=\operatorname{Abb}(-,\mathbb R)/C^0(-,\mathbb R).

A section qΓ(I,𝒬)q\in\Gamma(I,\mathcal Q) is represented on UU by s:Us:U\to\mathbb R and on VV by t:Vt:V\to\mathbb R. Prove that qq has a representative given by a map r:Ir:I\to\mathbb R. The notation Abb\operatorname{Abb} means all maps; s,t,rs,t,r are not required to be continuous.

Complete editorial solution

Write W=UVW=U\cap V. Since ss and tt represent restrictions of the same section qq, the image of s|Wt|Ws|_W-t|_W in 𝒬(W)\mathcal Q(W) is zero. Exactness at the middle sheaf shows that

f:=s|Wt|WC0(W,). f:=s|_W-t|_W\in C^0(W,\mathbb R).

This step can also be read directly locally: every point of WW has a neighbourhood on which sts-t is continuous; continuity is a local property, so sts-t is continuous on all of WW. We are not assuming that evaluation on global sections preserves all sheaf surjections.

The result of Exercise 25.1 and its source solution gives continuous functions g:Ug:U\to\mathbb R and h:Vh:V\to\mathbb R with

f=g|Wh|W. f=g|_W-h|_W.

Here hh denotes the function on VV. In the public source solution, the second piecewise formula defines h-h, not hh; with that sign convention the displayed decomposition is exactly f=g|Wh|Wf=g|_W-h|_W. If one interval is contained in the other, the decomposition can be taken directly as g=f,h=0g=f,h=0 when UVU\subseteq V, or g=0,h=fg=0,h=-f when VUV\subseteq U. If WW is empty, use g=h=0g=h=0. Thus the boundary cases require no additional hypothesis on the cover.

Define maps on the two members of the cover by

rU=sg,rV=th. r_U=s-g,\qquad r_V=t-h.

On the intersection,

rU|WrV|W=(s|Wt|W)(g|Wh|W)=ff=0. r_U|_W-r_V|_W =(s|_W-t|_W)-(g|_W-h|_W)=f-f=0.

Thus the formula

r(x)={s(x)g(x),xU,t(x)h(x),xV r(x)= \begin{cases} s(x)-g(x),&x\in U,\\ t(x)-h(x),&x\in V \end{cases}

is well-defined and gives a map II\to\mathbb R. The difference r|Us=gr|_U-s=-g is continuous, so r|Ur|_U and ss have the same image in 𝒬(U)\mathcal Q(U). Likewise, r|Vt=hr|_V-t=-h is continuous. Thus the global image of rr and the section qq agree on the cover U,VU,V; the uniqueness axiom of the sheaf 𝒬\mathcal Q says they agree on II.

Check and pitfall

What is glued is sgs-g and tht-h, not ss and tt themselves. The minus signs matter: the condition st=ghs-t=g-h gives exactly sg=ths-g=t-h. Moreover, 𝒬\mathcal Q is the quotient in the category of sheaves; in general, 𝒬(I)\mathcal Q(I) must not be identified from the outset with Abb(I,)/C0(I,)\operatorname{Abb}(I,\mathbb R)/C^0(I,\mathbb R). The existence of a global representative in the situation of this exercise is precisely what must be proved.

Source Exercise 25.10: the sheaf of units and the function field

Source: Exercise 25.10 in the BGK reader, entity Schema/Integer/Einheitengarbe/Funktionenkörpergruppe/Erste Kohomologie/Fakt/Beweis/Aufgabe, revision 1082082, page 114519. This supplies an editorial proof of the result stated as Lemma 25.10.

Problem statement

Let (X,𝒪X)(X,\mathcal O_X) be an integral scheme with function field KK. Let 𝒪X×\mathcal O_X^\times be the sheaf of units and 𝒰\mathcal U the constant sheaf with value K×K^\times. Prove the identification

H1(X,𝒪X×)Γ(X,𝒰/𝒪X×)im(K×Γ(X,𝒰/𝒪X×)). H^1(X,\mathcal O_X^\times) \cong \frac{\Gamma(X,\mathcal U/\mathcal O_X^\times)} {\operatorname{im}\bigl(K^\times\longrightarrow \Gamma(X,\mathcal U/\mathcal O_X^\times)\bigr)}.

The symbol == in the source statement denotes this natural identification. Unit groups are written multiplicatively; their identity element is 11.

Complete editorial solution

Since XX is integral, its underlying topological space is irreducible and all rings of nonempty affine charts are integral domains. There is a generic point η\eta with 𝒪X,η=K\mathcal O_{X,\eta}=K. Every nonempty open set contains η\eta and is irreducible, hence also connected. Consequently a locally constant function with values in K×K^\times on a nonempty open set is constant. Thus

Γ(V,𝒰)=K×for V,Γ(,𝒰)={1}. \Gamma(V,\mathcal U)=K^\times\quad\text{for }V\ne\varnothing, \qquad \Gamma(\varnothing,\mathcal U)=\{1\}.

Every restriction between two nonempty open sets is the identity on K×K^\times; restriction to the empty set is also surjective. Thus 𝒰\mathcal U is flasque. By Lemma 25.3, flasque sheaves are acyclic, and in particular H1(X,𝒰)=0H^1(X,\mathcal U)=0.

Evaluation at the generic point gives an embedding 𝒪X×𝒰\mathcal O_X^\times\hookrightarrow\mathcal U. To see injectivity, on an integral affine chart Spek(R)\operatorname{Spek}(R), sections on principal opens lie in localisations RfKR_f\subseteq K. Two sections equal as elements of KK agree on every such chart, and hence as sheaf sections. A unit section has an inverse also mapping into KK, so its image lies in K×K^\times. This map is compatible with restrictions.

Write 𝒟=𝒰/𝒪X×\mathcal D=\mathcal U/\mathcal O_X^\times, the quotient sheaf of abelian groups. We obtain a short exact sequence of sheaves

1𝒪X×𝒰𝒟1. 1\longrightarrow\mathcal O_X^\times \longrightarrow\mathcal U\longrightarrow\mathcal D \longrightarrow1.

The groups are commutative because they come from units in commutative rings. Thus Corollary 25.2 applies. The beginning of the long exact cohomology sequence is

Γ(X,𝒪X×)K×αΓ(X,𝒟)δH1(X,𝒪X×)H1(X,𝒰)=0. \Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X^\times) \longrightarrow K^\times \xrightarrow{\alpha}\Gamma(X,\mathcal D) \xrightarrow{\delta}H^1(X,\mathcal O_X^\times) \longrightarrow H^1(X,\mathcal U)=0.

Exactness at H1(X,𝒪X×)H^1(X,\mathcal O_X^\times) makes δ\delta surjective. Exactness at Γ(X,𝒟)\Gamma(X,\mathcal D) says kerδ=imα\ker\delta=\operatorname{im}\alpha. The first isomorphism theorem for abelian groups now gives the required identification.

The local meaning of the result can be explained without changing the computation. A section dΓ(X,𝒟)d\in\Gamma(X,\mathcal D) has local representatives qiK×q_i\in K^\times on a cover by nonempty open sets (Vi)(V_i), with

qi/qj𝒪X×(ViVj). q_i/q_j\in\mathcal O_X^\times(V_i\cap V_j).

The class δ(d)\delta(d) is zero exactly when a single qK×q\in K^\times represents dd on the entire space. Locally this means

qi/q𝒪X×(Vi)for every i. q_i/q\in\mathcal O_X^\times(V_i)\qquad\text{for every }i.

Thus quotienting by the image of K×K^\times disregards changes of all local representatives by the same nonzero rational function. This does not require that rational function to be a global regular unit.

Check and pitfall

A constant sheaf is not flasque on an arbitrary topological space. The proof here uses irreducibility of XX to ensure that every nonempty open set is connected. Nor should the denominator im(K×)\operatorname{im}(K^\times) be replaced by all of Γ(X,𝒟)\Gamma(X,\mathcal D), since that would erase the cohomological obstruction being computed. If X=Spek(K)X=\operatorname{Spek}(K) is a single point, then 𝒪X×=𝒰\mathcal O_X^\times=\mathcal U, 𝒟\mathcal D is trivial, and both sides are indeed zero as abelian groups.

Origin and licence of the material

Source exercises and results: Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributors at the linked revisions. Public solution 25.1 retains its source attribution to Tarek Emmrich and does not become new work in this file. The two supplementary solutions and mastery notes were prepared independently by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; attribution and licences of source components are preserved. No claim of human authorship or review is made for these new solutions, and no endorsement by the source author, contributors, Wikiversity, or the Wikimedia Foundation is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 26 mastery exercises

The three exercises below come from Holger Brenner’s course and Wikiversity contributions whose revision identities are preserved in the edition. The following solutions are new editorial material, not public solutions by Brenner or translations of source solutions. The source record stating that no public solutions exist remains applicable.

This new material was prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. and is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. Source attribution and licences are preserved; no endorsement or human review by the author or source institutions is claimed.

1. Zeroth cohomology and the gluing axiom

Source exercise: Exercise 26.2 in the reader. Exact identifier: Cech-Kohomologie/0/Globale Auswertung/Aufgabe; source revision 1082005. Its placement is frozen in Worksheet 26, revision 619292.

Statement. Let X=iIUiX=\bigcup_{i\in I}U_i be an open cover of a topological space XX, and 𝒢\mathcal G a sheaf of commutative groups on XX. Prove that Ȟ0(𝒰,𝒢)Γ(X,𝒢). \check H^0(\mathcal U,\mathcal G)\cong\Gamma(X,\mathcal G). The equality in the source statement is read as the canonical identification by restriction of global sections, not literal equality of two set constructions.

Editorial solution. Order the index set as in Definition 26.3. The first two terms of the complex are Č0=iΓ(Ui,𝒢),Č1=i<jΓ(UiUj,𝒢). \check C^0=\prod_i\Gamma(U_i,\mathcal G),\qquad \check C^1=\prod_{i<j}\Gamma(U_i\cap U_j,\mathcal G). The first differential has components (δ0(s))ij=sj|UiUjsi|UiUj. (\delta_0(s))_{ij} =s_j|_{U_i\cap U_j}-s_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}. Since the complex used starts in degree 00, no nonzero coboundaries enter degree 00. Hence Ȟ0(𝒰,𝒢)=kerδ0. \check H^0(\mathcal U,\mathcal G)=\ker\delta_0.

Define the homomorphism ρ:Γ(X,𝒢)Č0,t(t|Ui)i. \rho:\Gamma(X,\mathcal G)\longrightarrow\check C^0,\qquad t\longmapsto(t|_{U_i})_i. Two restrictions of the same section certainly agree on every intersection. Thus ρ(t)kerδ0\rho(t)\in\ker\delta_0.

Conversely, take (si)ikerδ0(s_i)_i\in\ker\delta_0. The equation δ0(s)=0\delta_0(s)=0 says exactly that si|UiUj=sj|UiUj s_i|_{U_i\cap U_j}=s_j|_{U_i\cap U_j} for all i,ji,j. The sheaf gluing axiom gives a section tΓ(X,𝒢)t\in\Gamma(X,\mathcal G) with t|Ui=sit|_{U_i}=s_i for every ii. The uniqueness axiom ensures that this section is unique. Thus ρ\rho is surjective onto the kernel and also injective: if all restrictions of tt are zero, uniqueness of gluing forces t=0t=0.

Restriction preserves addition. Gluing also preserves it, because the section gluing the family (si+si)(s_i+s'_i) is the sum of the two glued sections, again by uniqueness. Therefore ρ\rho is the required group isomorphism. This proof requires neither a finite cover, connectedness of the space, nor acyclicity.

Check and pitfall. For a single open set U1=XU_1=X, we have Č1=0\check C^1=0 and immediately obtain Ȟ0=Γ(X,𝒢)\check H^0=\Gamma(X,\mathcal G) (and, for this singleton cover, Ȟ1=0\check H^1=0). For a general cover, do not conclude that Ȟ1=0\check H^1=0 from the degree-00 argument: the sheaf axiom gives exactness in degree 00, not automatically in every degree.

2. A constant sheaf on an irreducible space

Source exercise: Exercise 26.6 in the reader. Exact identifier: Irreduzibler Raum/Konstante Garbe/Cech-Kohomologie/Aufgabe; source revision 1081578. Its placement is frozen in Worksheet 26, revision 619292.

Statement. Let XX be an irreducible topological space and 𝒢=G_\mathcal G=\underline G the constant sheaf associated to a commutative group GG. Determine the Čech complex and its cohomology for a finite open cover 𝒰=(Ui)iI\mathcal U=(U_i)_{i\in I}.

Editorial solution. We use the usual convention that an irreducible space is nonempty. If another convention allows the empty space, the case X=X=\varnothing is separate: all section groups and cohomology groups are zero. Empty members of the cover may be removed without changing the complex, since every intersection involving them contributes the zero group.

Label the remaining cover indices {0,1,,m1}\{0,1,\ldots,m-1\}, with m1m\geq1. In an irreducible space, any two nonempty open sets intersect. By induction, every finite intersection UJU_J is also nonempty. Moreover, UJU_J is irreducible: two nonempty relatively open subsets of it are two nonempty open subsets of XX, so they intersect. In particular, UJU_J is connected.

Sections of the constant sheaf G_\underline G on an open set can be viewed as locally constant functions to GG equipped with the discrete topology. On a connected space such a function is constant: if two different values occurred, the preimage of one value and its complement would separate the space into two nonempty open sets. Thus Γ(UJ,G_)=G, \Gamma(U_J,\underline G)=G, and all restrictions between nonempty intersections are identities on GG.

The complex is therefore 0Gmδ0G(m2)δ1δm2G0, 0\longrightarrow G^m \xrightarrow{\delta_0}G^{\binom m2} \xrightarrow{\delta_1}\cdots \xrightarrow{\delta_{m-2}}G \longrightarrow0, with GmG^m in degree 00 and the last GG in degree m1m-1. Uniformly, Čq=G(mq+1),(δqs)i0iq+1=r=0q+1(1)rsi0ir̂iq+1. \check C^q=G^{\binom m{q+1}},\qquad (\delta_q s)_{i_0\ldots i_{q+1}} =\sum_{r=0}^{q+1}(-1)^r s_{i_0\ldots\widehat{i_r}\ldots i_{q+1}}. Terms with qmq\geq m are zero. For m=1m=1, the complex consists only of GG in degree 00.

Zeroth cohomology is the diagonal kerδ0={(g,,g):gG}G. \ker\delta_0=\{(g,\ldots,g):g\in G\}\cong G. To show that all positive cohomology vanishes, we give an explicit homotopy. For q1q\geq1, define hq:ČqČq1h_q:\check C^q\to\check C^{q-1} by (hqs)i0iq1={s0i0iq1,0{i0,,iq1},0,0{i0,,iq1}. (h_qs)_{i_0\ldots i_{q-1}}= \begin{cases} s_{0i_0\ldots i_{q-1}},&0\notin\{i_0,\ldots,i_{q-1}\},\\ 0,&0\in\{i_0,\ldots,i_{q-1}\}. \end{cases} Putting index 00 first requires no additional restrictions: all the groups involved have been identified with GG.

Check a tuple L=(i0<<iq)L=(i_0<\cdots<i_q). If 0L0\in L, the component (hq+1δqs)L(h_{q+1}\delta_qs)_L is zero. In (δq1hqs)L(\delta_{q-1}h_qs)_L, only the term omitting index 00 is nonzero, and that term equals sLs_L.

If 0L0\notin L, then (hq+1δqs)L=(δqs)0i0iq=sL+r=0q(1)r+1s0,L\{ir}, (h_{q+1}\delta_qs)_L =(\delta_qs)_{0i_0\ldots i_q} =s_L+\sum_{r=0}^{q}(-1)^{r+1}s_{0,L\setminus\{i_r\}}, whereas (δq1hqs)L=r=0q(1)rs0,L\{ir}. (\delta_{q-1}h_qs)_L =\sum_{r=0}^{q}(-1)^r s_{0,L\setminus\{i_r\}}. The two alternating sums cancel. In both cases, δq1hq+hq+1δq=idČq. \delta_{q-1}h_q+h_{q+1}\delta_q=\operatorname{id}_{\check C^q}. If δqs=0\delta_qs=0, this equation gives s=δq1(hqs)s=\delta_{q-1}(h_qs). Thus every positive-degree cocycle is a coboundary, and Ȟ0(𝒰,G_)G,Ȟq(𝒰,G_)=0(q1). \boxed{\check H^0(\mathcal U,\underline G)\cong G,\qquad \check H^q(\mathcal U,\underline G)=0\quad(q\geq1).}

Check and pitfall. For m=2m=2, the complex is GGGG\oplus G\to G, (a,b)ba(a,b)\mapsto b-a; the kernel is the diagonal and the image is all of GG. Irreducibility is used to ensure that all intersections are nonempty and connected. Connectedness of XX alone does not ensure this. Also note the last degree m1m-1: the definition of Čq\check C^q uses q+1q+1 indices, not qq indices.

3. Solving a cocycle on two affine open sets

Source exercise: Exercise 26.8 in the reader. Exact identifier: Affines Schema/Zweierüberdeckung/Strukturgabe/Cech-Kohomologie/Aufgabe; source revision 1038046. The spelling Strukturgabe in the source identifier is preserved. Its placement is frozen in Worksheet 26, revision 619292.

Statement. Let RR be a commutative ring and X=Spek(R)=D(f)D(g). X=\operatorname{Spek}(R)=D(f)\cup D(g). Prove that Ȟ1({D(f),D(g)},𝒪X)=0. \check H^1(\{D(f),D(g)\},\mathcal O_X)=0.

Editorial solution. Ordering D(f)D(f) before D(g)D(g), the Čech complex of the structure sheaf is 0RfRgδ0Rfg0,δ0(a,b)=ba. 0\longrightarrow R_f\oplus R_g \xrightarrow{\delta_0}R_{fg}\longrightarrow0,\qquad \delta_0(a,b)=b-a. Here both terms on the right are restricted to D(fg)D(fg) before subtraction. There are no intersections with three indices, so every element of RfgR_{fg} is a cocycle and Ȟ1=Rfg/imδ0. \check H^1=R_{fg}/\operatorname{im}\delta_0. We will explicitly write every cocycle as a coboundary.

The cover condition gives =X\(D(f)D(g))=V(f,g). \varnothing=X\setminus(D(f)\cup D(g))=V(f,g). If the ideal (f,g)(f,g) were proper, it would be contained in a maximal ideal, giving a point of V(f,g)V(f,g), a contradiction. Thus (f,g)=R(f,g)=R. More generally, for every integer N1N\geq1, we have V(fN,gN)=V(f,g)=V(f^N,g^N)=V(f,g)=\varnothing, so there are u,vRu,v\in R with ufN+vgN=1. u f^N+v g^N=1.

Take cRfgc\in R_{fg} and write c=r(fg)N c=\frac{r}{(fg)^N} for some rRr\in R and N1N\geq1. Even an element with denominator of exponent zero can be written this way by multiplying numerator and denominator by fgfg. In RfgR_{fg}, the equality above yields c=r(ufN+vgN)fNgN=urgN+vrfN. c=\frac{r(uf^N+vg^N)}{f^Ng^N} =\frac{ur}{g^N}+\frac{vr}{f^N}. Define a=vrfNRf,b=urgNRg. a=-\frac{vr}{f^N}\in R_f,\qquad b=\frac{ur}{g^N}\in R_g. Then δ0(a,b)=ba=urgN+vrfN=c. \delta_0(a,b)=b-a =\frac{ur}{g^N}+\frac{vr}{f^N}=c. Thus δ0\delta_0 is surjective and the quotient group is zero.

All equalities take place in localisations, so they require neither that RR be an integral domain nor that f,gf,g be non-zero-divisors. If RR is the zero ring, all modules in the complex are also zero and the conclusion remains valid.

Check and pitfall. For R=R=\mathbb Z, f=2f=2, g=3g=3, the identity (1)2+13=1(-1)2+1\cdot3=1 gives 16=13+12=δ0(12,13). \frac16=-\frac13+\frac12 =\delta_0\!\left(-\frac12,-\frac13\right). If D(f)D(g)D(f)\cup D(g) does not cover the whole spectrum, the equation ufN+vgN=1uf^N+vg^N=1 is unavailable. For example, the cover of the punctured plane by D(X)D(X) and D(Y)D(Y) does not satisfy this hypothesis on all of Spek(R[X,Y])\operatorname{Spek}(R[X,Y]); Exercise 27.2 instead exhibits first cohomology that can be nonzero.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

BGK 27 mastery exercises

The following exercises come from Holger Brenner and Wikiversity contributions frozen in the edition. Their solutions are new editorial material, not public solutions by Brenner or translations of source solutions. The source files recording the absence of public solutions are unchanged.

New material prepared by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0, with source credits and licences preserved. No endorsement or human review by the author or source institutions is claimed. Each exercise is solved using material up to Unit 27.

1. Three monomial components in the Čech complex

Source exercise: Exercise 27.2 in the reader. Exact identifier: Polynomring/2/Cech-Komplex/Monom/Aufgabe; source revision 1037476. Its placement is frozen in Worksheet 27, revision 1070033.

Statement. Let A=R[X,Y]A=R[X,Y] for a commutative ring RR. Determine the Čech complex of the structure sheaf for the standard cover of the punctured plane for the monomials X2Y3X^2Y^3, X5Y4X^5Y^{-4}, and X3Y6X^{-3}Y^{-6}. Determine its homology in each case.

Editorial solution. The space being covered is U=Spek(A)\V(X,Y)=D(X)D(Y), U=\operatorname{Spek}(A)\setminus V(X,Y)=D(X)\cup D(Y), not the whole affine plane. Ordering D(X)D(X) before D(Y)D(Y), the complex is 0AXAYδ0AXY0,δ0(a,b)=ba. 0\longrightarrow A_X\oplus A_Y \xrightarrow{\delta_0}A_{XY}\longrightarrow0,\qquad \delta_0(a,b)=b-a. The cohomological degrees of the two nonzero terms are 00 and 11. The homology requested in the source exercise is computed with this cohomological grading.

Write AX=R[X,X1,Y],AY=R[X,Y,Y1],AXY=R[X,X1,Y,Y1]. A_X=R[X,X^{-1},Y],\quad A_Y=R[X,Y,Y^{-1}],\quad A_{XY}=R[X,X^{-1},Y,Y^{-1}]. The differential preserves each exponent pair. For a monomial m=XαYβm=X^\alpha Y^\beta, the component in AXA_X exists exactly when β0\beta\geq0; the component in AYA_Y exists exactly when α0\alpha\geq0. The component in AXYA_{XY} always exists. Each existing component is the free module RmRm on one generator, even if RR has zero divisors.

Case m=X2Y3m=X^2Y^3. This monomial occurs in all three localisations, so its component complex is 0RmRm(am,bm)(ba)mRm0. 0\longrightarrow Rm\oplus Rm \xrightarrow{(am,bm)\mapsto(b-a)m}Rm\longrightarrow0. The differential’s kernel is the diagonal {(am,am):aR}\{(am,am):a\in R\}. The map is surjective, since cmcm is the image of (0,cm)(0,cm). Thus Ȟ(2,3)0Rm,Ȟ(2,3)1=0. \check H^0_{(2,3)}\cong Rm,\qquad \check H^1_{(2,3)}=0. There are no terms in other degrees.

Case m=X5Y4m=X^5Y^{-4}. The exponent of YY is negative, so this monomial does not occur in AXA_X. It occurs in AYA_Y and AXYA_{XY}, so its complex is 00Rm(0,bm)bmRm0. 0\longrightarrow 0\oplus Rm \xrightarrow{(0,bm)\mapsto bm}Rm\longrightarrow0. The differential is an isomorphism. Therefore Ȟ(5,4)0=0,Ȟ(5,4)1=0. \check H^0_{(5,-4)}=0,\qquad \check H^1_{(5,-4)}=0.

Case m=X3Y6m=X^{-3}Y^{-6}. Both exponents are negative. This monomial occurs in neither AXA_X nor AYA_Y, but does occur in AXYA_{XY}. Its complex is 00Rm0, 0\longrightarrow0\longrightarrow Rm\longrightarrow0, with RmRm in degree 11. Hence Ȟ(3,6)0=0,Ȟ(3,6)1Rm. \check H^0_{(-3,-6)}=0,\qquad \check H^1_{(-3,-6)}\cong Rm. If R0R\ne0, the monomial class is nonzero.

Check and pitfall. The element X3Y6X^{-3}Y^{-6} cannot be written as a sum of Laurent polynomials from AXA_X and AYA_Y: every monomial from AXA_X has nonnegative YY-exponent, and every monomial from AYA_Y has nonnegative XX-exponent. Uniqueness of coefficients in the Laurent basis proves this without assuming that RR is a field. Do not add AA as a new degree-00 term: the Čech complex of this cover already starts with AXAYA_X\oplus A_Y.

2. The module structure on monomials with all exponents negative

Source exercise: Exercise 27.6 in the reader. Exact identifier: Polynomring/Höchste lokale Kohomologie/Modulstruktur/Direkt/Aufgabe; source revision 1083806. Its placement is frozen in Worksheet 27, revision 1070033.

Statement. Let KK be a field and A=K[X1,,Xd]A=K[X_1,\ldots,X_d]. On the vector space H=KXν=X1ν1Xdνd:νj1 for every j, H=K\left\langle X^\nu=X_1^{\nu_1}\cdots X_d^{\nu_d}:\nu_j\leq-1 \text{ for every }j \right\rangle, define a natural AA-module structure.

Editorial solution. We explain the case d1d\geq1, with variables present as in the exercise. Every element of HH is a finite linear combination of the displayed monomials. Ordinary Laurent multiplication by XiX_i does not always stay in HH: if νi=1\nu_i=-1, the result has exponent 00. The required module action must annihilate results leaving the negative-exponent region.

For i=1,,di=1,\ldots,d, define a linear operator Ti:HHT_i:H\to H on the basis by Ti(Xν)={Xν+ei,νi2,0,νi=1, T_i(X^\nu)= \begin{cases} X^{\nu+e_i},&\nu_i\leq-2,\\ 0,&\nu_i=-1, \end{cases} where eie_i has iith component 11 and all other components 00. These operators commute. Indeed, for iji\ne j, increasing the iith exponent does not change whether the jjth exponent is still permitted. If either of νi,νj\nu_i,\nu_j equals 1-1, both composites annihilate the monomial. If both are at most 2-2, both composites yield Xν+ei+ejX^{\nu+e_i+e_j}.

Since all TiT_i commute, for p=αdcαXαAp=\sum_{\alpha\in\mathbb N^d}c_\alpha X^\alpha\in A we may set ph=αcαT1α1Tdαd(h). p\cdot h=\sum_\alpha c_\alpha T_1^{\alpha_1}\cdots T_d^{\alpha_d}(h). This sum is finite. The map AEndK(H)A\to\operatorname{End}_K(H) sending XiX_i to TiT_i preserves addition, multiplication, and the identity. Consequently (p+q)h=ph+qh,p(h+h)=ph+ph,(pq)h=p(qh),1h=h. (p+q)\cdot h=p\cdot h+q\cdot h,\qquad p\cdot(h+h')=p\cdot h+p\cdot h',\qquad (pq)\cdot h=p\cdot(q\cdot h),\qquad 1\cdot h=h. These are all the required module conditions. The formula on a single monomial is pXν=αdνj+αj1for all jcαXν+α. p\cdot X^\nu = \sum_{\substack{\alpha\in\mathbb N^d\\ \nu_j+\alpha_j\leq-1\ \text{for all }j}} c_\alpha X^{\nu+\alpha}. Thus all terms acquiring at least one nonnegative exponent are discarded.

To see why this action is natural, consider the Laurent module L=K[X1±1,,Xd±1] L=K[X_1^{\pm1},\ldots,X_d^{\pm1}] and the following AA-submodule: N=i=1dK[X1±1,,Xi1±1,Xi,Xi+1±1,,Xd±1]. N=\sum_{i=1}^d K[X_1^{\pm1},\ldots,X_{i-1}^{\pm1},X_i, X_{i+1}^{\pm1},\ldots,X_d^{\pm1}]. Each summand is an AA-submodule: multiplication by a polynomial does not turn a nonnegative iith exponent into a negative one. The module NN is spanned exactly by the Laurent monomials having at least one nonnegative exponent. Since all Laurent monomials form a KK-basis of LL, the classes of monomials with all exponents negative form a basis of L/NL/N. Thus there is a vector-space isomorphism HL/N,Xν[Xν]. H\longrightarrow L/N,\qquad X^\nu\longmapsto[X^\nu]. The action defined above is exactly the quotient AA-action on L/NL/N: a monomial leaving the negative region enters NN and becomes zero. This also connects the construction with the top cohomology component computed in the lecture.

Check and pitfall. For d=2d=2, X1(X11X22)=0,X2(X11X22)=X11X21. X_1\cdot(X_1^{-1}X_2^{-2})=0,\qquad X_2\cdot(X_1^{-1}X_2^{-2})=X_1^{-1}X_2^{-1}. Although each XiX_i is invertible in the Laurent ring LL, its action on HH is not an invertible operator. We form the quotient as an AA-module, not as a module over the entire Laurent ring. If d=0d=0 is allowed, the empty-product convention gives A=H=KA=H=K with the usual scalar action.

3. Global sections on a plane curve

Source exercise: Exercise 27.10 in the reader. Exact identifier: Projektive Ebene/Kurve/Getwistete Strukturgabe zu d-3/Globale Schnitte/Aufgabe; source revision 1097429. The spelling Strukturgabe in the source identifier is preserved. Its placement is frozen in Worksheet 27, revision 1070033.

Statement. Let C=V+(f)K2C=V_+(f)\subset\mathbb P_K^2 be a projective plane curve of degree dd over a field KK. Using the long exact cohomology sequence associated to 0𝒪K2(3)f𝒪K2(d3)𝒪C(d3)0 0\longrightarrow\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^2}(-3) \xrightarrow{f}\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^2}(d-3) \longrightarrow\mathcal O_C(d-3)\longrightarrow0 and Theorem 27.4, prove that dimKH0(C,𝒪C(d3))=(d1)(d2)2. \dim_KH^0(C,\mathcal O_C(d-3))=\frac{(d-1)(d-2)}2.

Editorial solution. Write S=K[X,Y,Z]S=K[X,Y,Z] and P=K2P=\mathbb P_K^2. The statement that the curve is given by ff means that ff is a nonzero homogeneous polynomial of degree d1d\geq1. Neither algebraic closedness of KK nor smoothness of CC is required for this computation.

Let i:CPi:C\hookrightarrow P be the closed immersion. In the sequence of sheaves on PP, the final term written 𝒪C(d3)\mathcal O_C(d-3) means i*𝒪C(d3)i_*\mathcal O_C(d-3). This notation distinguishes the space on which the sheaf is defined without changing the exercise.

As a check on the given short sequence, multiplication by ff gives an exact sequence of graded modules 0S(3)fS(d3)(S/(f))(d3)0. 0\longrightarrow S(-3) \xrightarrow{f}S(d-3) \longrightarrow(S/(f))(d-3)\longrightarrow0. The first map is injective because SS is an integral domain and f0f\ne0. Localising on standard charts, taking degree-zero parts, and gluing gives the sheaf sequence in the exercise.

The beginning of the corresponding long exact cohomology sequence is 0H0(P,𝒪P(3))H0(P,𝒪P(d3))H0(C,𝒪C(d3))H1(P,𝒪P(3)). \begin{aligned} 0\longrightarrow{}&H^0(P,\mathcal O_P(-3)) \longrightarrow H^0(P,\mathcal O_P(d-3))\\ \longrightarrow{}&H^0(C,\mathcal O_C(d-3)) \longrightarrow H^1(P,\mathcal O_P(-3)). \end{aligned} The identification of global sections in the pushforward term follows directly from the definition: Γ(P,i*𝒪C(d3))=Γ(C,𝒪C(d3))\Gamma(P,i_*\mathcal O_C(d-3))=\Gamma(C,\mathcal O_C(d-3)).

Theorem 27.4, with projective-space dimension equal to 22, gives H0(P,𝒪P(n))Sn,H1(P,𝒪P(n))=0 H^0(P,\mathcal O_P(n))\cong S_n,\qquad H^1(P,\mathcal O_P(n))=0 for every integer nn. Here Sn=0S_n=0 for n<0n<0. The Čech computation in that theorem computes sheaf cohomology by Theorem 26.10: PP is a projective scheme and 𝒪P(n)\mathcal O_P(n) is quasicoherent, with the standard affine cover.

In particular, H0(P,𝒪P(3))=0,H1(P,𝒪P(3))=0. H^0(P,\mathcal O_P(-3))=0,\qquad H^1(P,\mathcal O_P(-3))=0. Exactness of the sequence above then gives an isomorphism Sd3H0(C,𝒪C(d3)). S_{d-3}\ \cong\ H^0(C,\mathcal O_C(d-3)). Thus it remains only to count homogeneous monomials.

If d3d\geq3, write m=d30m=d-3\geq0. A basis of SmS_m consists of monomials XaYbZcX^aY^bZ^c with a,b,c0a,b,c\geq0 and a+b+c=ma+b+c=m. For each aa there are ma+1m-a+1 pairs (b,c)(b,c), so dimKSm=a=0m(ma+1)=(m+1)(m+2)2=(d1)(d2)2. \dim_KS_m =\sum_{a=0}^m(m-a+1) =\frac{(m+1)(m+2)}2 =\frac{(d-1)(d-2)}2. If d=1d=1 or d=2d=2, then d3<0d-3<0 and Sd3=0S_{d-3}=0. The formula on the right is also zero for both degrees. This covers all d1d\geq1 and proves the conclusion.

Check and pitfall. For a cubic curve (d=3d=3), the resulting space has dimension 11, represented by constant polynomials. For a quartic curve (d=4d=4), its dimension is 33, represented by X,Y,ZX,Y,Z. Surjectivity of restriction on global sections is not automatic from sheaf surjectivity: here it follows from H1(P,𝒪P(3))=0H^1(P,\mathcal O_P(-3))=0. The connection with global differential forms requires the smoothness hypothesis mentioned in the introduction to the source exercise; the dimension computation above does not add that hypothesis.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 1: from a parabola to an affine scheme

This problem and its solution were independently written to connect classical varieties with schemes; neither is a problem or answer from Holger Brenner’s source material. The prerequisites are prime ideals, localisation, and the structure sheaf of an affine scheme. In this new explanation, Spec\operatorname{Spec} denotes the spectrum, also written Spek\operatorname{Spek} in the course.

Problem

Let kk be an algebraically closed field. All rings below are commutative with identity, and all homomorphisms preserve the identity. Consider the classical parabola and the two rings

C={(a,b)k2:b=a2},A=k[x,y]/(yx2),B=k[x,y]/((yx2)2). C=\{(a,b)\in k^2:b=a^2\},\qquad A=k[x,y]/(y-x^2),\qquad B=k[x,y]/((y-x^2)^2).

Write X=Spec(A)X=\operatorname{Spec}(A) and Y=Spec(B)Y=\operatorname{Spec}(B).

  1. Prove that the ideal of all polynomials vanishing on CC is (yx2)(y-x^2). Construct an isomorphism Ak[t]A\cong k[t] and its inverse.
  2. Determine all points of XX, the closure of each point, and the relationship between the classical points of CC and the closed points of XX. What does XX add to the set CC?
  3. Compute the global sections, the sections on D(x)D(x), the stalk at pa=(xa,ya2)p_a=(x-a,y-a^2), and its residue field. Also compute the stalk and residue field at the generic point.
  4. Prove that XX and YY have homeomorphic underlying topological spaces but are not isomorphic as schemes. Explain why evaluating sections at all points with values in their residue fields does not detect the difference.
  5. Using Ak[t]A\cong k[t], construct the morphism F:𝔸k1=Spec(k[s])XF:\mathbb A^1_k=\operatorname{Spec}(k[s])\to X arising from the homomorphism ts2t\mapsto s^2. Determine the image of (sb)(s-b) and the image of the generic point. Explain the direction of the arrows between geometry and rings.

Complete solution

1. The coordinate ring

Division by the monic polynomial yx2y-x^2, treating yy as the division variable, gives

f(x,y)=q(x,y)(yx2)+r(x),r(x)=f(x,x2). f(x,y)=q(x,y)(y-x^2)+r(x),\qquad r(x)=f(x,x^2).

If ff vanishes on CC, then r(a)=0r(a)=0 for every aka\in k. An algebraically closed field is infinite: if its elements were just a1,,aNa_1,\ldots,a_N, the polynomial i(Tai)1\prod_i(T-a_i)-1 would have no root in that field, a contradiction. A nonzero polynomial of degree dd has at most dd roots, so r=0r=0. Thus ff belongs to (yx2)(y-x^2). The reverse inclusion follows immediately by substitution. Hence I(C)=(yx2)I(C)=(y-x^2).

The homomorphism

α:Ak[t],x¯t,y¯t2 \alpha:A\longrightarrow k[t],\qquad \overline x\longmapsto t,\quad \overline y\longmapsto t^2

is well defined because the relation yx2y-x^2 maps to zero. The homomorphism β:k[t]A\beta:k[t]\to A, tx¯t\mapsto\overline x, is its inverse: αβ(t)=t\alpha\beta(t)=t, while βα\beta\alpha fixes x¯\overline x and y¯=x¯2\overline y=\overline x^2. From now on we use this identification and write x=tx=t in AA.

2. Closed points and the generic point

The ring k[t]k[t] is a principal ideal domain. Its prime ideals are (0)(0) and the ideals generated by irreducible polynomials. Since kk is algebraically closed, those irreducible polynomials have degree one. Thus

|X|={η}{pa:ak},η=(0),pa=(ta). |X|=\{\eta\}\cup\{p_a:a\in k\},\qquad \eta=(0),\quad p_a=(t-a).

The ideal pap_a is maximal because k[t]/(ta)kk[t]/(t-a)\cong k. Consequently {pa}¯={pa}\overline{\{p_a\}}=\{p_a\}. In contrast, {η}¯=V(0)=X\overline{\{\eta\}}=V(0)=X: η\eta is the generic point. To see this closure formula, observe that a closed set V(J)V(J) contains a point 𝔭\mathfrak p exactly when J𝔭J\subseteq\mathfrak p; the smallest such closed set is V(𝔭)V(\mathfrak p).

If J0J\ne0, choose a nonzero polynomial hJh\in J. The set V(J)V(J) is contained in the finite set of roots of hh. Conversely, every finite set {pa1,,par}\{p_{a_1},\ldots,p_{a_r}\} equals V(i(tai))V(\prod_i(t-a_i)). Thus the proper closed subsets of XX are precisely the finite sets of closed points, including the empty set.

The classical point (a,a2)(a,a^2) corresponds to the kernel of evaluation AkA\to k, namely pap_a. This gives a bijection C{closed points of X}C\cong\{\text{closed points of }X\}, and the classical Zariski topology agrees with the subspace topology. However, η\eta is not a coordinate pair in k2k^2. Through its closure property it represents the entire irreducible parabola, rather than an arbitrarily chosen extra classical point.

3. Sections, stalks, and residue fields

For every commutative ring RR, the structure sheaf satisfies Γ(D(f),𝒪)=Rf\Gamma(D(f),\mathcal O)=R_f and 𝒪SpecR,𝔭=R𝔭\mathcal O_{\operatorname{Spec}R,\mathfrak p}=R_{\mathfrak p}. These are Lemma 9.12 and Lemma 9.10 in Brenner’s course; neither statement requires a Noetherian hypothesis. With A=k[t]A=k[t], we obtain

Γ(X,𝒪X)=k[t],Γ(D(x),𝒪X)=k[t,t1],𝒪X,pa=k[t](ta). \Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X)=k[t],\qquad \Gamma(D(x),\mathcal O_X)=k[t,t^{-1}],\qquad \mathcal O_{X,p_a}=k[t]_{(t-a)}.

Explicitly, elements of the last stalk can be written as f(t)/g(t)f(t)/g(t) with g(a)0g(a)\ne0. Its maximal ideal is (ta)k[t](ta)(t-a)k[t]_{(t-a)}, and evaluation

f(t)g(t)f(a)g(a) \frac{f(t)}{g(t)}\longmapsto\frac{f(a)}{g(a)}

gives an isomorphism of residue fields κ(pa)=𝒪X,pa/(ta)𝒪X,pak\kappa(p_a)=\mathcal O_{X,p_a}/(t-a)\mathcal O_{X,p_a}\cong k. The stalk itself is not kk: for example, tat-a is a nonzero element of the stalk, but its class in the residue field is zero.

At the generic point, every nonzero polynomial is allowed as a denominator:

𝒪X,η=k(t),κ(η)=k(t). \mathcal O_{X,\eta}=k(t),\qquad \kappa(\eta)=k(t).

The stalk and the residue field agree here only because this local ring is already a field. The section 1/t1/t is defined on D(x)D(x) but not on all of XX: it does not belong to 𝒪X,p0\mathcal O_{X,p_0}.

4. Nilpotent structure is invisible to points alone

Set ε=yx2\varepsilon=y-x^2. The change of variables t=xt=x, y=t2+εy=t^2+\varepsilon gives

Bk[t,ε]/(ε2). B\cong k[t,\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2).

Every element of BB has a unique expression f(t)+εg(t)f(t)+\varepsilon g(t). In particular, ε0\varepsilon\ne0 but ε2=0\varepsilon^2=0. Every prime ideal 𝔮\mathfrak q contains ε\varepsilon: primality and ε2𝔮\varepsilon^2\in\mathfrak q imply ε𝔮\varepsilon\in\mathfrak q.

Taking images or inverse images under BB/(ε)=AB\twoheadrightarrow B/(\varepsilon)=A therefore gives a bijection of prime ideals. This bijection respects closed sets: for every ideal JBJ\subseteq B, the set VB(J)V_B(J) corresponds to VA((J+(ε))/(ε))V_A((J+(\varepsilon))/(\varepsilon)). Thus the immersion XYX\to Y induced by this quotient is a homeomorphism on underlying topological spaces.

However, an isomorphism of schemes would induce an isomorphism of rings of global sections. The ring A=k[t]A=k[t] is reduced, whereas BB has the nonzero nilpotent element ε\varepsilon. This property is preserved by ring isomorphisms. Hence XX and YY are not isomorphic as schemes.

Every homomorphism from BB to a field kills ε\varepsilon, since a field has no nonzero nilpotent elements. Thus the value of ε\varepsilon in every residue field is zero, although ε\varepsilon is not the zero section. Even at the point corresponding to (ta,ε)(t-a,\varepsilon), the stalk B(ta,ε)B_{(t-a,\varepsilon)} still contains ε0\varepsilon\ne0. If a denominator h=f+εgh=f+\varepsilon g outside the maximal ideal annihilated ε\varepsilon, then hε=fε=0h\varepsilon=f\varepsilon=0 would force f=0f=0; yet f(a)0f(a)\ne0. This is a contradiction. Thus stalk and sheaf data retain infinitesimal information lost when only residue values are examined.

5. Contravariance in an explicit example

By Corollary 10.10, every homomorphism of commutative rings θ:RS\theta:R\to S induces a morphism of schemes Spec(S)Spec(R)\operatorname{Spec}(S)\to\operatorname{Spec}(R), with point map 𝔮θ1(𝔮)\mathfrak q\mapsto\theta^{-1}(\mathfrak q). Take θ:k[t]k[s]\theta:k[t]\to k[s], ts2t\mapsto s^2. Then

θ1((sb))=(tb2),F(b)=(b2,b4)C. \theta^{-1}((s-b))=(t-b^2),\qquad F(b)=(b^2,b^4)\in C.

The equality of ideals follows because composition with evaluation at s=bs=b sends tt to b2b^2 and has kernel (tb2)(t-b^2). The homomorphism θ\theta is injective: a nonzero polynomial citi\sum c_it^i maps to the nonzero polynomial cis2i\sum c_is^{2i}. Consequently θ1((0))=(0)\theta^{-1}((0))=(0), and the generic point maps to the generic point. This argument also works in characteristic 22; we do not claim that the map always has two distinct preimages over each closed point.

Thus the geometric map from the line with coordinate ss to the parabola pulls functions on the parabola back to functions in ss. The ring arrow runs in the opposite direction to the scheme arrow.

Quick checks and pitfalls

Material provenance and licence

Prerequisite references: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 9, revision 793634 and Lecture 10, revision 1003733. The contributor to the frozen revisions is recorded as Bocardodarapti. The new problem, synthesis, and solution above are independent editorial material, not a translation of a public source solution. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This new material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; the credits and licences of source components remain in force. No human authorship or review is claimed, and no endorsement by the source author or institution is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 2: affine gluing and compatibility

This synthesis problem and its solution were independently written; they are not a problem or solution from Holger Brenner’s source material. The aim is to glue not only points but also structure sheaves, and to discover why pairwise conditions alone are insufficient for three charts.

Problem

Let kk be any field. Take

U=Spec(k[u,u1]),V=Spec(k[v,v1]), U=\operatorname{Spec}(k[u,u^{-1}]),\qquad V=\operatorname{Spec}(k[v,v^{-1}]),

and the open subsets WU=D(1u)UW_U=D(1-u)\subset U and WV=D(1v)VW_V=D(1-v)\subset V. All morphisms below are morphisms of schemes over kk.

  1. Check that the homomorphism θ:k[v,v1,(1v)1]k[u,u1,(1u)1]\theta:k[v,v^{-1},(1-v)^{-1}]\to k[u,u^{-1},(1-u)^{-1}], v1uv\mapsto1-u, gives an isomorphism φ:WUWV\varphi:W_U\to W_V. Write down its inverse, including the images of the denominators.
  2. Construct the glued space XX and its structure sheaf. Prove that X𝔸k1X\cong\mathbb A^1_k, not merely as a set of points. Locate the points t=0t=0 and t=1t=1 in the two charts.
  3. Compute Γ(X,𝒪X)\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X) from compatible pairs of sections. Which global section is given by uu on UU and 1v1-v on VV? Why is the pair formally written as 1/u1/u and 1/(1v)1/(1-v) not a pair of sections on the entirety of the two charts?
  4. State the domain, inverse, and cocycle conditions for gluing three or more scheme charts. Explain the order of composition of the ring homomorphisms.
  5. For three copies of 𝔸k1\mathbb A^1_k with coordinates t1,t2,t3t_1,t_2,t_3, take every proposed overlap to be the whole chart, and specify the transitions by t2=t1t_2=t_1, t3=t2+1t_3=t_2+1, and t3=t1t_3=t_1. Pair each transition with its inverse. Prove that these data still cannot be realised as open charts with these transitions on one scheme.

Complete solution

1. The isomorphism on the overlap

For a commutative ring RR, the principal open subset D(f)D(f) is an affine scheme with section ring RfR_f; see Lemma 9.12 and Lemma 9.13. Thus the rings of the two overlaps are exactly those written in the problem.

In the target ring of θ\theta, both 1u1-u and uu are units. The substitution v1uv\mapsto1-u therefore extends uniquely by

v1(1u)1,(1v)1u1. v^{-1}\longmapsto(1-u)^{-1},\qquad (1-v)^{-1}\longmapsto u^{-1}.

Its inverse sends u1vu\mapsto1-v, u1(1v)1u^{-1}\mapsto(1-v)^{-1}, and (1u)1v1(1-u)^{-1}\mapsto v^{-1}. Both composites fix every generator. By Corollary 10.10, this ring isomorphism gives an isomorphism of schemes φ:WUWV\varphi:W_U\to W_V. On points valued in a field extension, the transition reads v=1uv=1-u. The section homomorphism φ#\varphi^\# runs from the ring of chart VV to the ring of chart UU, not the other way round.

2. The glued space and sheaf

As a topological space, take the disjoint union UVU\amalg V and identify pWUp\in W_U with φ(p)WV\varphi(p)\in W_V. The quotient topology makes both charts open subsets. Indeed, for an open subset GUG\subset U, its saturation in the disjoint union is Gφ(GWU)G\amalg\varphi(G\cap W_U), which is open because φ\varphi is a homeomorphism between open subsets. No two distinct points within chart UU are identified, and the same holds for VV.

For an open subset OXO\subset X, write OUO_U and OVO_V for its inverse images in the two charts. Define

𝒪X(O)={(a,b)𝒪U(OU)×𝒪V(OV):a|OUWU=φ#(b|OVWV)}. \mathcal O_X(O)= \left\{(a,b)\in\mathcal O_U(O_U)\times\mathcal O_V(O_V): a|_{O_U\cap W_U} =\varphi^\#\bigl(b|_{O_V\cap W_V}\bigr)\right\}.

Restriction is performed componentwise. This is indeed a sheaf: compatible local sections glue uniquely on each chart by the sheaf properties of 𝒪U\mathcal O_U and 𝒪V\mathcal O_V; equality on the overlap can be checked locally and therefore remains valid after gluing. The restriction of this sheaf to UU is isomorphic to 𝒪U\mathcal O_U: a section on chart UU uniquely determines a section on the part of chart VV identified with it through φ\varphi. The same argument applies to VV. Every point therefore has an affine neighbourhood with the correct structure sheaf. By Definition 10.1, XX is a scheme.

Now take the affine line with coordinate tt. The homomorphisms

k[t]k[u,u1],tu,k[t]k[v,v1],t1v k[t]\longrightarrow k[u,u^{-1}],\quad t\longmapsto u, \qquad k[t]\longrightarrow k[v,v^{-1}],\quad t\longmapsto1-v

give isomorphisms UD(t)U\cong D(t) and VD(1t)V\cong D(1-t). On the overlap, the two formulas agree because u=1vu=1-v. The sets D(t)D(t) and D(1t)D(1-t) cover Spec(k[t])\operatorname{Spec}(k[t]): a prime ideal cannot contain both tt and 1t1-t, since their sum is 11. Their intersection is D(t(1t))D(t(1-t)), exactly the image of WUW_U and WVW_V.

Thus the map X𝔸k1X\to\mathbb A^1_k is a bijection whose restriction to each chart is a homeomorphism onto an open subset. It is a homeomorphism, and its sheaf homomorphism is an isomorphism on both charts. Sheaf isomorphisms can be checked on an open cover, so this map is an isomorphism of schemes.

The point t=0t=0 is not in U=D(t)U=D(t); it appears in VV as the ideal (v1)(v-1). The point t=1t=1 appears in UU as (u1)(u-1) and is not in V=D(1t)V=D(1-t). These two points are not glued to one another.

3. The global section ring as matching pairs

Use the coordinate t=u=1vt=u=1-v on the overlap. The rings of the two charts can be regarded as subrings of the fraction field k(t)k(t):

Γ(U,𝒪U)=k[t,t1],Γ(V,𝒪V)=k[t,(1t)1]. \Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U)=k[t,t^{-1}],\qquad \Gamma(V,\mathcal O_V)=k[t,(1-t)^{-1}].

Since all maps to the overlap ring are injective, the matching-pair condition amounts to taking the intersection of these two subrings. Suppose an element of the intersection can be written as

a(t)tm=b(t)(1t)n,m,n0. \frac{a(t)}{t^m}=\frac{b(t)}{(1-t)^n},\qquad m,n\geq0.

Then (1t)na(t)=tmb(t)(1-t)^na(t)=t^mb(t). The polynomials tmt^m and (1t)n(1-t)^n are coprime in the principal ideal domain k[t]k[t], so tmt^m divides a(t)a(t). The first fraction is a polynomial. Conversely, every polynomial belongs to both rings. Therefore

Γ(X,𝒪X)=k[t,t1]k[t,(1t)1]=k[t]. \Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X) =k[t,t^{-1}]\cap k[t,(1-t)^{-1}] =k[t].

The pair (u,1v)(u,1-v) gives the global polynomial tt. On the other hand, 1/u1/u is indeed a section on UU, but 1/(1v)1/(1-v) does not belong to k[v,v1]k[v,v^{-1}]. To prove this, suppose 1/(1v)=p(v)/vN1/(1-v)=p(v)/v^N. Then vN=(1v)p(v)v^N=(1-v)p(v), which, after substituting v=1v=1, gives 1=01=0. Thus this formula is not regular at v=1v=1, the point t=0t=0. Formal agreement on an overlap alone does not turn a rational function into a section on a whole chart.

4. Gluing and cocycle conditions

For a family of schemes UiU_i, choose open subsets UijUiU_{ij}\subseteq U_i and scheme isomorphisms φij:UijUji\varphi_{ij}:U_{ij}\to U_{ji}. The complete conditions we use are:

  1. Uii=UiU_{ii}=U_i and φii=idUi\varphi_{ii}=\operatorname{id}_{U_i}.
  2. φji=φij1\varphi_{ji}=\varphi_{ij}^{-1}.
  3. For every i,j,ki,j,k, φij(UijUik)=UjiUjk\varphi_{ij}(U_{ij}\cap U_{ik})=U_{ji}\cap U_{jk}, and on the domain UijUikU_{ij}\cap U_{ik} we have φjkφij=φik\varphi_{jk}\circ\varphi_{ij}=\varphi_{ik}.

The first part of condition 3 ensures that the composite has the correct domain. The second is the cocycle condition: changing charts through jj or directly to kk gives the same identification, including on the structure sheaves.

These conditions make the relation pφij(p)p\sim\varphi_{ij}(p) reflexive, symmetric, and transitive. In particular, no further identifications arise that merge distinct points in the same chart. As in part 2, isomorphisms between open subsets make the map from each chart to the quotient space an open immersion. The glued sheaf is obtained from families of matching sections; the sheaf property and local affine structure are checked on each chart. This explains why the data produce a scheme, without requiring the resulting scheme to be affine or separated.

If the overlaps used are affine, write λij=φij#\lambda_{ij}=\varphi_{ij}^{\#} for the ring homomorphism running from chart jj to chart ii. After all sections have been restricted to the same triple overlap, the cocycle condition reads

λijλjk=λik. \lambda_{ij}\circ\lambda_{jk}=\lambda_{ik}.

This order is the reverse of that of the space maps φjkφij\varphi_{jk}\circ\varphi_{ij}. When a triple overlap is not affine, the underlying equality is still an equality of sheaf morphisms there; do not replace it with an unjustified statement about a single global coordinate ring.

5. Inverse pairs are not enough

In the three-chart example, the route 1231\to2\to3 gives

t3=t2+1=t1+1, t_3=t_2+1=t_1+1,

whereas the direct route 131\to3 gives t3=t1t_3=t_1. These morphisms differ: they send the rational point t1=0t_1=0 to t3=1t_3=1 and t3=0t_3=0, respectively. This holds over every field because 010\ne1.

Suppose there were chart immersions ji:UiXj_i:U_i\to X realising these transitions. The transitions 121\to2 and 232\to3 would give j1(0)=j2(0)=j3(1)j_1(0)=j_2(0)=j_3(1), while the transition 131\to3 would give j1(0)=j3(0)j_1(0)=j_3(0). Thus j3(0)=j3(1)j_3(0)=j_3(1), contradicting the injectivity of the open immersion j3j_3. Adding all inverse transitions does not repair this failure. One can still form a quotient space by the generated equivalence relation, but the chart maps to that space are not the required immersions.

Quick checks and pitfalls

Material provenance and licence

Prerequisites are referenced from Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 9, revision 793634 and Lecture 10, revision 1003733. The contributor to the frozen revisions is recorded as Bocardodarapti. The example of the cover D(t),D(1t)D(t),D(1-t), the synthesis questions, the cocycle counterexample, and the solution here are independent editorial material, not a renamed public source solution. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. The new material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0, with the credits and licences of source components preserved. No human authorship or review is claimed, and no endorsement by the source author or institution is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 3: the projective line from two affine charts

This problem brings together gluing, the Proj\operatorname{Proj} construction, local rings, and morphisms to affine schemes. The questions and their solutions were independently written. The example of the projective line constructed by gluing does already occur in Holger Brenner’s course; that source example is not claimed as a new discovery or answer.

Problem

Let kk be any field. Take two charts

U0=Spec(k[t]),U=Spec(k[s]). U_0=\operatorname{Spec}(k[t]),\qquad U_\infty=\operatorname{Spec}(k[s]).

Glue D(t)U0D(t)\subset U_0 to D(s)UD(s)\subset U_\infty by the isomorphism whose section homomorphism is

θ:k[s,s1]k[t,t1],st1. \theta:k[s,s^{-1}]\longrightarrow k[t,t^{-1}],\qquad s\longmapsto t^{-1}.

Call the result PP.

  1. Check the gluing data and prove that PProj(k[X0,X1])=k1P\cong\operatorname{Proj}(k[X_0,X_1])=\mathbb P^1_k, with the standard grading degX0=degX1=1\deg X_0=\deg X_1=1.
  2. Identify the points 00 and \infty, compute the stalk and residue field at each, and explain how the generic points of the two charts become a single generic point of PP.
  3. Compute the global section ring as compatible pairs of polynomials. Is either rational function tt or t1t^{-1} a global section?
  4. Prove that PP is not affine without using a theorem about properness or cohomology.
  5. Determine all morphisms of schemes over kk from PP to 𝔸k1\mathbb A^1_k. Explain concretely why two local formulas that look like coordinates do not automatically give a global morphism to the affine line.

Complete solution

1. The transition and identification with Proj

The homomorphism θ\theta is well defined because t1t^{-1} is a unit in the Laurent ring. Its inverse sends ts1t\mapsto s^{-1}. We therefore have an isomorphism of schemes between the two open subsets. There are only two charts; with the identity on each chart and the inverse transition, the cocycle conditions involving repeated indices hold. The structure sheaves are glued using pairs of sections that agree on the overlap, as explained in integrative problem 2.

Write R=k[X0,X1]R=k[X_0,X_1] with its standard grading. Its irrelevant ideal is R+=(X0,X1)R_+=(X_0,X_1). A point of Proj(R)\operatorname{Proj}(R) is a homogeneous prime ideal not containing R+R_+. At least one of X0,X1X_0,X_1 therefore lies outside that prime ideal, so

Proj(R)=D+(X0)D+(X1). \operatorname{Proj}(R)=D_+(X_0)\cup D_+(X_1).

Lemma 12.9 states that for a commutative graded ring and a homogeneous element ff of nonzero degree, D+(f)D_+(f) is the affine scheme Spec((Rf)0)\operatorname{Spec}((R_f)_0). Here X0X_0 and X1X_1 satisfy those hypotheses. Every degree-zero monomial in RX0R_{X_0} has the form X1j/X0jX_1^j/X_0^j for j0j\geq0, so

(RX0)0=k[X1/X0]=k[t]. (R_{X_0})_0=k[X_1/X_0]=k[t].

Similarly, (RX1)0=k[X0/X1]=k[s](R_{X_1})_0=k[X_0/X_1]=k[s]. On the overlap, the two coordinates are reciprocal:

t=X1/X0,s=X0/X1,st=1,(RX0X1)0=k[t,t1]. t=X_1/X_0,\qquad s=X_0/X_1,\qquad st=1, \qquad (R_{X_0X_1})_0=k[t,t^{-1}].

Thus the charts and transition isomorphism on Proj(R)\operatorname{Proj}(R) are exactly the gluing data defining PP. The isomorphisms from the two charts agree on the overlap and glue to an isomorphism of locally ringed spaces. Their local inverses also agree, so the result is an isomorphism of schemes Pk1P\cong\mathbb P^1_k.

2. Two special points and the generic point

On rational points, chart U0U_0 sends t=at=a to [1:a][1:a]. Chart UU_\infty sends s=bs=b to [b:1][b:1]. Hence

0=[1:0],=[0:1]. 0=[1:0],\qquad \infty=[0:1].

The point 00 is the ideal (t)(t) in U0U_0 and does not lie in the overlap D(t)D(t). The point \infty is the ideal (s)(s) in UU_\infty and does not lie in the overlap D(s)D(s). Thus these are distinct points. The notation [a:b][a:b] with a,bka,b\in k describes points rational over kk, not all points of the projective spectrum when kk is not algebraically closed.

Taking a stalk is unchanged by restricting the space to an open neighbourhood containing the point. By Lemma 9.10,

𝒪P,0=k[t](t),𝒪P,=k[s](s),κ(0)=k=κ(). \mathcal O_{P,0}=k[t]_{(t)},\qquad \mathcal O_{P,\infty}=k[s]_{(s)},\qquad \kappa(0)=k=\kappa(\infty).

For instance, elements of k[s](s)k[s]_{(s)} are fractions f(s)/g(s)f(s)/g(s) with g(0)0g(0)\ne0, and its residue field is obtained by evaluation at s=0s=0. This is different from replacing the whole stalk by kk.

The zero ideal of k[t]k[t] lies in D(t)D(t), and the zero ideal of k[s]k[s] lies in D(s)D(s). The Laurent isomorphism identifies them. Call the resulting point η\eta. Its closure contains all of U0U_0 because (0)(0) is generic in the spectrum of the domain k[t]k[t]; its closure also contains all of UU_\infty. Hence {η}¯=P\overline{\{\eta\}}=P. Its stalk is

𝒪P,η=k(t)=k(s),s=t1. \mathcal O_{P,\eta}=k(t)=k(s),\qquad s=t^{-1}.

This field is the function field of PP and also the residue field at η\eta. The identification comes from the transition, not from choosing two different generic points on the same scheme.

3. Global sections and rational functions

The sheaf property identifies global sections with pairs

Γ(P,𝒪P){(f(t),g(s))k[t]×k[s]:f(t)=g(t1) in k[t,t1]}. \Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P) \cong\{(f(t),g(s))\in k[t]\times k[s]: f(t)=g(t^{-1})\text{ in }k[t,t^{-1}]\}.

If f(t)=i0aitif(t)=\sum_{i\geq0}a_it^i and g(t1)=j0bjtjg(t^{-1})=\sum_{j\geq0}b_jt^{-j}, uniqueness of Laurent polynomial coefficients forces ai=0a_i=0 for i>0i>0, bj=0b_j=0 for j>0j>0, and a0=b0a_0=b_0. This uniqueness follows by multiplying the equation by a sufficiently large power of tt and using uniqueness of ordinary polynomial coefficients. Thus

Γ(P,𝒪P)k,a(a,a). \Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P)\cong k, \qquad a\longleftrightarrow(a,a).

The rational function tt is regular on U0U_0, but becomes s1s^{-1} on the other chart. It does not belong to k[s](s)k[s]_{(s)}: if s1=f(s)/g(s)s^{-1}=f(s)/g(s) with g(0)0g(0)\ne0, then g(s)=sf(s)g(s)=sf(s), which implies g(0)=0g(0)=0, a contradiction. Thus tt has a pole at \infty and is not a global section. Interchanging the charts shows that t1=st^{-1}=s has a pole at 00 and is likewise not a global section.

It is important that this computation uses the structure sheaf, not all rational functions k(t)k(t). The function field is not the global section ring.

4. The glued scheme is not affine

Suppose PSpec(A)P\cong\operatorname{Spec}(A) for a commutative ring AA. For an affine scheme, Lemma 9.12 gives AΓ(P,𝒪P)kA\cong\Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P)\cong k. Since kk is a field, Spec(k)\operatorname{Spec}(k) has exactly one point, the zero ideal. Yet PP has at least two distinct points, 00 and \infty. This contradiction shows that PP is not affine.

Thus having a cover by affine schemes is much weaker than being affine. What fails if we try to reconstruct PP solely from its global sections is that the chart and sheaf gluing information is lost.

5. Morphisms to the affine line

Theorem 10.9 applies to a locally ringed space ZZ and an affine target Spec(R)\operatorname{Spec}(R): a homomorphism RΓ(Z,𝒪Z)R\to\Gamma(Z,\mathcal O_Z) determines exactly one morphism of locally ringed spaces. We apply it to the scheme Z=PZ=P and R=k[T]R=k[T].

Since the required morphisms are over kk, the ring homomorphism must be a kk-algebra homomorphism

k[T]Γ(P,𝒪P)=k. k[T]\longrightarrow\Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P)=k.

Every such homomorphism is determined by one element aka\in k, the image of TT, and conversely substitution TaT\mapsto a always gives one. The corresponding morphism is the composite

PSpec(k)𝔸k1, P\longrightarrow\operatorname{Spec}(k) \longrightarrow\mathbb A^1_k,

where the second arrow is the rational point (Ta)(T-a). Thus all morphisms P𝔸k1P\to\mathbb A^1_k over kk are these constant morphisms.

Locally, one might wish to send TT to tt on U0U_0. To agree on the overlap, the image of TT on UU_\infty would have to be s1s^{-1}. But s1s^{-1} is not a section on the whole of UU_\infty, as proved in part 3. If one instead chooses TsT\mapsto s, the two sections are defined on their respective charts but do not agree on the overlap: tt differs from t1t^{-1} as an element of k[t,t1]k[t,t^{-1}]. Satisfying only one of local regularity and agreement on the overlap is not enough.

Quick checks and pitfalls

Material provenance and licence

References: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 9, revision 793634, Lecture 10, revision 1003733, and Lecture 12, revision 1003742. The contributor to the frozen revisions is recorded as Bocardodarapti. In particular, source Example 10.7 and the standard cover in Example 12.10 provide prerequisites; the integrative problem and its complete worked solution here form an independent editorial layer, not a retranslation of a public source solution. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. This new material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; all credits and licences of source components remain in force. No human authorship or review is claimed, and no endorsement by the source author or institution is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 4: the affine line with doubled origin

This problem and solution were written as independent bridge material. Their starting point is Example 10.6 by Holger Brenner. The discussion of fibres, failure of affineness, and the diagonal below is an editorial development, not an additional public solution attributed to Brenner.

Problem

Let kk be a field; it need not be algebraically closed. Take two copies

U0=Speck[t0],U1=Speck[t1]. U_0=\operatorname{Spec}k[t_0],\qquad U_1=\operatorname{Spec}k[t_1].

Glue D(t0)U0D(t_0)\subset U_0 to D(t1)U1D(t_1)\subset U_1 by t0=t1t_0=t_1. Call the resulting scheme XX, and call the two points arising from the ideals (t0)(t_0) and (t1)(t_1) respectively o0o_0 and o1o_1. Write the common coordinate on the overlap of the two charts as tt.

  1. Describe the glued structure sheaf. Compute Γ(X,𝒪X)\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X), the two stalks at o0,o1o_0,o_1, and the stalk at the generic point. Does agreement of two stalks mean that the points are the same?
  2. Construct the morphism π:X𝔸k1\pi:X\to\mathbb A_k^1 given on each chart by the coordinate tt. Compute the scheme-theoretic fibres at the origin and at the generic point. Prove that its global section homomorphism is an isomorphism, but π\pi is not a scheme isomorphism.
  3. Prove that XX is not affine, although it has a cover by two affine schemes whose intersection is also affine.
  4. For this problem, call a scheme over kk separated if its diagonal Δ:XX×kX\Delta:X\to X\times_kX is a closed immersion. By examining the chart U0×kU1U_0\times_kU_1, prove that XX is not separated.

Use the following affine facts with their hypotheses: for a commutative ring AA, Lemma 9.10 gives 𝒪SpecA,𝔭=A𝔭\mathcal O_{\operatorname{Spec}A,\mathfrak p}=A_{\mathfrak p}; Lemma 9.12 gives Γ(D(f),𝒪)=Af\Gamma(D(f),\mathcal O)=A_f, including Γ(SpecA,𝒪)=A\Gamma(\operatorname{Spec}A,\mathcal O)=A.

Complete solution

1. Gluing, sections, and stalks

The identification of the open subsets uses the ring isomorphism k[t0,t01]k[t1,t11]k[t_0,t_0^{-1}]\cong k[t_1,t_1^{-1}]. Its inverse is available; with two charts there is no additional triple-overlap condition not already determined by this isomorphism and the identities. For an open subset WXW\subseteq X, the glued sheaf is given by

𝒪X(W)={(s0,s1)𝒪U0(WU0)×𝒪U1(WU1)|s0|WU0U1=s1|WU0U1}. \mathcal O_X(W)= \left\{(s_0,s_1)\in \mathcal O_{U_0}(W\cap U_0)\times \mathcal O_{U_1}(W\cap U_1) \ \middle|\ s_0|_{W\cap U_0\cap U_1}=s_1|_{W\cap U_0\cap U_1} \right\}.

Restriction is performed on both components. The sheaf axioms hold because sections glue uniquely on each chart, and their agreement on the overlap can then be checked locally. This sheaf restricts to the original affine structure sheaf on UiU_i. Thus the two charts really make XX a scheme, in accordance with Definition 10.1.

For W=XW=X, the formula becomes

Γ(X,𝒪X)={(f0,f1)k[t]×k[t]f0=f1 in k[t,t1]}. \Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X) =\{(f_0,f_1)\in k[t]\times k[t] \mid f_0=f_1\text{ in }k[t,t^{-1}]\}.

The homomorphism k[t]k[t,t1]k[t]\to k[t,t^{-1}] is injective: if a polynomial becomes zero, some power of tt annihilates it in the integral domain k[t]k[t], so the polynomial was already zero. The pairs above are therefore exactly the pairs (f,f)(f,f), and

Γ(X,𝒪X)k[t]. \Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X)\cong k[t].

The neighbourhood UiU_i of oio_i gives

𝒪X,o0k[t](t),𝒪X,o1k[t](t),κ(o0)κ(o1)k. \mathcal O_{X,o_0}\cong k[t]_{(t)},\qquad \mathcal O_{X,o_1}\cong k[t]_{(t)},\qquad \kappa(o_0)\cong\kappa(o_1)\cong k.

The two chart generic points, corresponding to the zero ideals, lie in D(t)D(t) and glue to one point η\eta. Its stalk is k(t)k(t). The closure of {η}\{\eta\} contains both charts, so η\eta is generic for all of XX.

Nevertheless, o0o1o_0\ne o_1: neither belongs to the part being glued. Indeed, the open set U0U_0 contains o0o_0 but not o1o_1. Isomorphic stalks mean agreement of the type of local data, not identification of points. Every global section ff has value f(0)f(0) at both points, so global sections do not distinguish this pair of points.

2. The morphism to the affine line and its fibres

The maps UiSpeck[t]U_i\to\operatorname{Spec}k[t] arising from ttit\mapsto t_i agree on the overlap. They therefore glue to π\pi. On global sections,

π#:k[t]Γ(X,𝒪X),f(f,f), \pi^\#:k[t]\longrightarrow\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X),\qquad f\longmapsto(f,f),

is the isomorphism just computed.

The scheme-theoretic fibre at the origin 0=(t)0=(t) is obtained by taking the fibre product with Speck\operatorname{Spec}k. On each chart its ring is

k[ti]k[t]kk[ti]/(ti)k. k[t_i]\otimes_{k[t]}k\cong k[t_i]/(t_i)\cong k.

On the overlap, tt must be both invertible and zero, so the fibre ring is the zero ring and its spectrum is empty. Hence

X0SpeckSpeck. X_0\cong\operatorname{Spec}k\ \amalg\ \operatorname{Spec}k.

These are two reduced points, not a single point with nilpotent elements. In contrast, over the generic point of the base, both chart fibres are Speck(t)\operatorname{Spec}k(t) and their overlap is also the whole of Speck(t)\operatorname{Spec}k(t). After gluing,

Xη𝔸1Speck(t). X_{\eta_{\mathbb A^1}}\cong\operatorname{Spec}k(t).

The morphism π\pi is not an isomorphism because it sends two distinct points o0,o1o_0,o_1 to the same point. Thus an isomorphism on global sections alone is insufficient to recognise an isomorphism of general schemes.

3. Why the glued scheme is not affine

Suppose XX were affine. For an affine scheme, the identification XSpecΓ(X,𝒪X)X\cong\operatorname{Spec}\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X) follows from the definition of an affine scheme and Lemma 9.12. Under this identification, the morphism inducing the identity on the global section ring is an isomorphism. Uniqueness of that morphism is also a case of Theorem 10.9: its source is a locally ringed space and its target is affine.

Since π#\pi^\# is an isomorphism, assuming that XX is affine forces π\pi to be an isomorphism. This contradicts the two-point fibre at the origin. Therefore XX is not affine.

An affine cover is a local condition in the definition of a scheme. It does not say that all charts can be replaced by a single global affine chart; the proof above exhibits precisely that failure.

4. A diagonal that is not closed

The product of the two charts has ring

k[t0]kk[t1]k[t0,t1], k[t_0]\otimes_k k[t_1]\cong k[t_0,t_1],

because giving two kk-algebra homomorphisms from one-variable polynomial rings amounts to choosing two commuting elements. Thus U0×kU1U_0\times_kU_1 is an affine chart of X×kXX\times_kX.

A diagonal point in this cross-chart must come from a point of XX belonging to both U0U_0 and U1U_1, hence from D(t)D(t). The diagonal ring map on this chart is

k[t0,t1]k[t,t1],t0t,t1t. k[t_0,t_1]\longrightarrow k[t,t^{-1}],\qquad t_0\longmapsto t,\quad t_1\longmapsto t.

Consequently its image as a set of points is

Δ(X)(U0×kU1)=V(t0t1)D(t0). \Delta(X)\cap(U_0\times_kU_1) =V(t_0-t_1)\cap D(t_0).

The closed line V(t0t1)V(t_0-t_1) is isomorphic to Speck[t]\operatorname{Spec}k[t]. The open subset D(t)D(t) is dense in it: it contains the generic point, the zero ideal of the integral domain k[t]k[t]. Thus the closure of this image contains the point (t0,t1)(t_0,t_1), namely the pair (o0,o1)(o_0,o_1), but that pair is not a diagonal point because o0o1o_0\ne o_1.

The intersection of the diagonal image with the cross-chart is therefore not closed. If Δ\Delta were a closed immersion, this intersection would have to be closed. This contradiction proves that XX is not separated. The density argument uses the generic prime point, so it remains valid when kk is a finite field.

Checks and common pitfalls

Sources and editorial status

Source references: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 9, revision 793634, especially Lemmas 9.10 and 9.12; Lecture 10, revision 1003733, especially Definition 10.1, Example 10.6, and Theorem 10.9.

This independent bridge material and solution are licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. The credits and licences of source components remain in force. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No human authorship or review of these additions is claimed, and no endorsement by Holger Brenner, Wikiversity, or the Wikimedia Foundation is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 5: why morphisms must be local on stalks

This is an independent synthesis problem and solution, not a new public problem or solution by Holger Brenner. Its references are the definition of a scheme morphism and Theorem 10.9 on morphisms to affine schemes.

Problem

All rings here are commutative, and all ring homomorphisms preserve the identity. A homomorphism of local rings α:(R,𝔪)(S,𝔫)\alpha:(R,\mathfrak m)\to(S,\mathfrak n) is called local if α1(𝔫)=𝔪\alpha^{-1}(\mathfrak n)=\mathfrak m.

  1. Given φ:AB\varphi:A\to B, for 𝔮SpecB\mathfrak q\in\operatorname{Spec}B set 𝔭=φ1(𝔮)\mathfrak p=\varphi^{-1}(\mathfrak q). Construct the stalk map A𝔭B𝔮A_{\mathfrak p}\to B_{\mathfrak q} and prove that it is local. Describe the map of residue fields.
  2. Now let kk be an algebraically closed field with chark2\operatorname{char}k\ne2. For f:Speck[t]Speck[s]f:\operatorname{Spec}k[t]\to\operatorname{Spec}k[s] given by st2s\mapsto t^2, compute the stalk and residue field maps at the origin, the scheme-theoretic fibre at s=0s=0, and the fibre at s=a0s=a\ne0.
  3. Compute the vector space map (s)/(s)2(t)/(t)2(s)/(s)^2\to(t)/(t)^2 induced at the origin. Explain why the residue field map alone does not capture this behaviour.
  4. Take Z=Speck(t)Z=\operatorname{Spec}k(t) and Y=Speck[t]Y=\operatorname{Spec}k[t]. Construct a morphism of ringed spaces h:ZYh:Z\to Y that sends the unique point of ZZ to (t)(t) and induces the inclusion k[t]k(t)k[t]\hookrightarrow k(t) on global sections. Prove that hh is not a morphism of locally ringed spaces. Compare it with the scheme morphism produced by the same ring inclusion.

In part 3, the maximal ideals and their squares are taken in the respective local rings. Their quotients are the cotangent spaces at the points; the tangent spaces are their duals over the residue fields.

Complete solution

1. Contraction of prime ideals determines the local map

The ideal 𝔭\mathfrak p is prime because if abab maps into 𝔮\mathfrak q, one of φ(a),φ(b)\varphi(a),\varphi(b) belongs to the prime ideal 𝔮\mathfrak q. Moreover, 1𝔭1\notin\mathfrak p. The spectrum map

f:SpecBSpecA,𝔮φ1(𝔮) f:\operatorname{Spec}B\longrightarrow\operatorname{Spec}A, \qquad \mathfrak q\longmapsto\varphi^{-1}(\mathfrak q)

is continuous because f1(D(a))=D(φ(a))f^{-1}(D(a))=D(\varphi(a)).

If s𝔭s\notin\mathfrak p, then φ(s)𝔮\varphi(s)\notin\mathfrak q, so φ(s)\varphi(s) is invertible in B𝔮B_{\mathfrak q}. The universal property of localisation therefore gives a homomorphism

f𝔮#:A𝔭B𝔮,asφ(a)φ(s). f^\#_{\mathfrak q}:A_{\mathfrak p}\longrightarrow B_{\mathfrak q}, \qquad \frac as\longmapsto\frac{\varphi(a)}{\varphi(s)}.

This formula is well defined: the relation expressing equality of two fractions remains valid after applying the homomorphism, and denominators become units. By Lemma 9.10, this is the map between the stalks of the affine structure sheaves.

In a localisation at a prime ideal, a fraction belongs to the maximal ideal if and only if its numerator belongs to the original prime ideal. Thus

as(f𝔮#)1(𝔮B𝔮)φ(a)𝔮a𝔭. \frac as\in (f^\#_{\mathfrak q})^{-1}(\mathfrak qB_{\mathfrak q}) \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \varphi(a)\in\mathfrak q \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad a\in\mathfrak p.

The inverse image of the maximal ideal is exactly 𝔭A𝔭\mathfrak pA_{\mathfrak p}; hence the stalk map is local. Passing to quotient rings gives

κ(𝔭)=A𝔭/𝔭A𝔭B𝔮/𝔮B𝔮=κ(𝔮). \kappa(\mathfrak p) =A_{\mathfrak p}/\mathfrak pA_{\mathfrak p} \longrightarrow B_{\mathfrak q}/\mathfrak qB_{\mathfrak q} =\kappa(\mathfrak q).

This map is injective: the kernel of an identity-preserving homomorphism from one field to another is a proper ideal and must therefore be zero. Its direction is opposite to that of the point map.

2. The squaring map and its scheme-theoretic fibres

The inverse image of (t)(t) under k[s]k[t]k[s]\to k[t] is (s)(s). The stalk map at the origin is

k[s](s)k[t](t),a(s)b(s)a(t2)b(t2),b(0)0. k[s]_{(s)}\longrightarrow k[t]_{(t)},\qquad \frac{a(s)}{b(s)}\longmapsto\frac{a(t^2)}{b(t^2)}, \qquad b(0)\ne0.

The denominator condition holds because b(t2)b(t^2) has value b(0)0b(0)\ne0 at the origin. The residue field map is the identity kkk\to k.

At the point s=as=a, the residue field of the base is kk, with ss acting as aa. The fibre ring is therefore

k[t]k[s]kk[t]/(t2a). k[t]\otimes_{k[s]}k\cong k[t]/(t^2-a).

For a=0a=0, this is k[t]/(t2)k[t]/(t^2). It has one prime ideal, (t)(\bar t), because every prime ideal must contain the nilpotent element t\bar t. But t0\bar t\ne0 and t2=0\bar t^2=0. Thus the fibre at the origin has only one topological point, yet its structure ring contains a nonzero nilpotent element. It is therefore nonreduced. The number of points does not record this thickening.

If a0a\ne0, choose bkb\in k with b2=ab^2=a. Its existence uses algebraic closedness, and b0b\ne0. Since the characteristic is not 22, the elements bb and b-b are distinct and 2b2b is a unit. Evaluation gives

k[t]/(t2a)k×k,[g](g(b),g(b)). k[t]/(t^2-a)\longrightarrow k\times k, \qquad [g]\longmapsto(g(b),g(-b)).

This map is surjective: the pair (u,v)(u,v) is the image of the polynomial

ut+b2b+vbt2b. u\frac{t+b}{2b}+v\frac{b-t}{2b}.

Its kernel is zero. Indeed, a polynomial vanishing at bb and b-b is divisible by the coprime factors tbt-b and t+bt+b, hence by t2at^2-a. Thus this fibre consists of two reduced points, each with residue field kk.

3. The lost infinitesimal direction

Both cotangent spaces at the origin are one-dimensional over kk, with bases [s][s] and [t][t]. The induced map satisfies

[s][t2]=0in (t)/(t)2. [s]\longmapsto[t^2]=0\quad\text{in }(t)/(t)^2.

Thus the cotangent map is zero. Its dual, the tangent space map from the source point to the target point, is also zero. In contrast, the residue field map is the identity.

There is no contradiction: the residue field remembers values at the point, whereas 𝔪/𝔪2\mathfrak m/\mathfrak m^2 remembers the linear terms of functions vanishing there. Substitution s=t2s=t^2 preserves constants but sends a linear term on the target to a term of order two on the source.

4. A ringed-space morphism that fails to be local

The topological space ZZ has one point zz. Define h(z)=(t)h(z)=(t). This map is continuous because the inverse image of every open subset is either ZZ or the empty set.

For an open subset VYV\subseteq Y containing (t)(t), define

hV#:𝒪Y(V)k[t](t)k(t) h_V^\#:\mathcal O_Y(V) \longrightarrow k[t]_{(t)}\longrightarrow k(t)

by taking the germ at (t)(t) and then including it in the fraction field. If (t)V(t)\notin V, then h1(V)=h^{-1}(V)=\varnothing; use the unique homomorphism 𝒪Y(V)𝒪Z()=0\mathcal O_Y(V)\to\mathcal O_Z(\varnothing)=0.

These maps are compatible with restriction. For two open sets containing (t)(t), taking the germ before or after restriction gives the same result. If the smaller set does not contain (t)(t), both composites map to the zero ring. We thus obtain a sheaf morphism 𝒪Yh*𝒪Z\mathcal O_Y\to h_*\mathcal O_Z, so hh is indeed a morphism of ringed spaces.

However, its stalk map is the inclusion

hz#:k[t](t)k(t). h_z^\#:k[t]_{(t)}\hookrightarrow k(t).

Since the target is a field, its maximal ideal is zero. Its inverse image is also zero, not the maximal ideal (t)k[t](t)(t)k[t]_{(t)} of the source. Concretely, the nonunit tt in the source becomes a unit in the target. Thus this map is not local.

On global sections, h#h^\# is still the inclusion k[t]k(t)k[t]\hookrightarrow k(t). But the scheme morphism induced by this inclusion sends the zero ideal of k(t)k(t) to the zero ideal of k[t]k[t], the generic point of YY, not the origin.

This is the role of the locality condition: contraction of the maximal ideal of the stalk must agree with the target point. Theorem 10.9 asserts uniqueness in the category of locally ringed spaces; the example hh does not satisfy that hypothesis and therefore does not contradict the theorem.

Checks and common pitfalls

Sources and editorial status

References: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 9, revision 793634, Lemmas 9.10 and 9.12; Lecture 10, revision 1003733, Definition 10.8, Theorem 10.9, and Corollary 10.10. The examples and solutions here are editorial additions, not quotations of source solutions.

This independent material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; the credits and licences of source components are preserved. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No human authorship or review of these additions is claimed, and no endorsement by Holger Brenner, Wikiversity, or the Wikimedia Foundation is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 6: Krull dimension, components, and nilpotent thickenings

This problem and solution are independent bridge material. They build on Holger Brenner’s Lemma 11.3 on prime ideals and irreducible closed subsets, Definition 11.6, and Lemma 11.7. The calculations collected here are not attributed as public source solutions.

Problem

Let kk be an algebraically closed field. Consider

L=k[t],R=k[x,y]/(xy),S=k[t,ε]/(ε2),D=k[ε]/(ε2). L=k[t],\qquad R=k[x,y]/(xy),\qquad S=k[t,\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2),\qquad D=k[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2).

The variable letters also denote their classes in the quotient rings. For a nonzero commutative ring AA, the Krull dimension is the supremum of the lengths of chains of prime ideals

𝔭0𝔭1𝔭n; \mathfrak p_0\subsetneq\mathfrak p_1\subsetneq\cdots \subsetneq\mathfrak p_n;

the length is nn, the number of strict inclusions, not the number of ideals. All dimensions in this problem are finite and the suprema are attained.

  1. Determine all prime ideals of each ring and compute its dimension. Give both an upper bound and a chain attaining the dimension.
  2. Determine the irreducible components and reducedness of all four spectra. Explain why SpecS\operatorname{Spec}S has the same topology as the affine line but is not the same scheme.
  3. At the origin, compute the local dimension and dimk𝔪/𝔪2\dim_k\mathfrak m/\mathfrak m^2. The maximal ideals in question are respectively (t)(t), (x,y)(x,y), (t,ε)(t,\varepsilon), and (ε)(\varepsilon) in their local rings.
  4. Compute the generic stalk on the component V(x)SpecRV(x)\subseteq\operatorname{Spec}R and on SpecS\operatorname{Spec}S. Is the generic stalk of an irreducible scheme always a field?

Use that k[t]k[t] is a principal ideal domain, by the polynomial division algorithm. Apart from this fact, prove the required prime ideal and vector space calculations. For a commutative ring AA, Lemma 11.7 identifies the dimension of the ring with the dimension of its spectrum; this affine hypothesis holds in all the examples above.

Complete solution

1. Prime ideals and chain lengths

In L=k[t]L=k[t], the zero ideal is prime because LL is an integral domain. Nonzero prime ideals are generated by irreducible polynomials. Since kk is algebraically closed, these polynomials have degree one, so the ideals are exactly (ta)(t-a) for aka\in k. They are all maximal, since their quotient rings are kk.

Thus no chain of prime ideals has more than one strict inclusion. The chain (0)(t)(0)\subsetneq(t) attains length one, and dimL=1\dim L=1.

In RR, the equation xy=0xy=0 forces every prime ideal to contain xx or yy. If it contains xx, it corresponds to a prime ideal in

R/(x)k[y], R/(x)\cong k[y],

and so has the form (x)(x) or (x,yb)(x,y-b), bkb\in k. If it contains yy, it has the form (y)(y) or (y,xa)(y,x-a), aka\in k. This list is complete; the ideal (x,y)(x,y) occurs on both lists and is counted only once.

The ideals (x)(x) and (y)(y) are incomparable minimal primes. All other ideals on the list are maximal. The longest chains therefore have length one, for example

(x)(x,y), (x)\subsetneq(x,y),

and dimR=1\dim R=1. Notice that (0)(0) is not a prime ideal in RR: x,yx,y are nonzero but their product is zero. Thus the chain (0)(x)(x,y)(0)\subsetneq(x)\subsetneq(x,y) cannot be used to conclude that the dimension is two.

In SS, every prime ideal contains ε\varepsilon, since ε2=0\varepsilon^2=0. The ideal correspondence for the quotient ring

S/(ε)k[t] S/(\varepsilon)\cong k[t]

shows that all prime ideals of SS are (ε)(\varepsilon) and (ε,ta)(\varepsilon,t-a) for aka\in k. Hence

(ε)(ε,t) (\varepsilon)\subsetneq(\varepsilon,t)

is a maximal chain of length one, and dimS=1\dim S=1.

In DD, every prime ideal contains ε\varepsilon, and D/(ε)=kD/(\varepsilon)=k has only the zero prime ideal. Thus (ε)(\varepsilon) is the only prime ideal of DD; there are no strict inclusions in a prime chain, so dimD=0\dim D=0.

2. Components and nilpotent elements

The ring LL is reduced and has one minimal prime, (0)(0). Its spectrum is therefore reduced and topologically irreducible. For RR, the two irreducible components are V(x)V(x) and V(y)V(y), each an affine line. The components meet at (x,y)(x,y).

Although RR has zero divisors, RR is still reduced. To prove this, use the homomorphism

k[x,y]k[x]×k[y],f(f(x,0),f(0,y)). k[x,y]\longrightarrow k[x]\times k[y],\qquad f\longmapsto(f(x,0),f(0,y)).

Its kernel is (xy)(xy). Indeed, if both evaluations are zero, every remaining monomial in ff contains both a factor xx and a factor yy, so xyxy divides ff; the converse is immediate. Thus RR embeds into a product of two integral domains. A nilpotent element of that product must be zero in both components, so RR has no nonzero nilpotent elements.

In contrast, ε0\varepsilon\ne0 in both SS and DD, while ε2=0\varepsilon^2=0. Its nonvanishing follows from the unique expressions f(t)+εg(t)f(t)+\varepsilon g(t) in SS and a+εba+\varepsilon b in DD. Both rings are nonreduced. Each has one minimal prime, so its spectrum is topologically irreducible.

The quotient map SS/(ε)S\to S/(\varepsilon) gives an inclusion-preserving bijection of prime ideals. It also identifies closed sets: for an ideal ISI\subseteq S, all primes containing II already contain ε\varepsilon, so they correspond exactly to primes in k[t]k[t] containing (I+(ε))/(ε)(I+(\varepsilon))/(\varepsilon). Consequently SpecS\operatorname{Spec}S is homeomorphic to Speck[t]\operatorname{Spec}k[t].

They are not isomorphic as schemes. An isomorphism of schemes would give an isomorphism of global section rings, but SS has a nonzero nilpotent element and k[t]k[t] does not. Identifying global sections with the affine ring uses Lemma 9.12. Topology and Krull dimension do not see this nilpotent thickening.

3. Local dimension and cotangent spaces

The prime ideals of the local ring A𝔪A_{\mathfrak m} correspond to the prime ideals of AA contained in 𝔪\mathfrak m: contraction and extension are inverse operations, since the elements outside 𝔪\mathfrak m have become units. The lists in part 1 therefore give the local dimensions at the origin: 11 for L,R,SL,R,S, and 00 for DD.

The residue field at each of the four origins is kk. To compute 𝔪/𝔪2\mathfrak m/\mathfrak m^2, it suffices to retain the linear terms. Localisation introduces no further linear relations: modulo the square of the ideal of the origin, any denominator with value c0c\ne0 can be written c+uc+u with u2=0u^2=0, and has inverse

(c+u)1=c1c2u. (c+u)^{-1}=c^{-1}-c^{-2}u.

In L(t)L_{(t)}, the class of tt is a basis, so the cotangent dimension is one. In R(x,y)R_{(x,y)}, the maximal ideal is generated by x,yx,y, and

R/(x,y)2k[x,y]/(x2,xy,y2). R/(x,y)^2\cong k[x,y]/(x^2,xy,y^2).

There is no linear relation between xx and yy in this quotient ring; every element has a unique expression a+bx+cya+bx+cy. Thus the classes of x,yx,y form a basis of the two-dimensional cotangent space.

Similarly,

S/(t,ε)2k[t,ε]/(t2,tε,ε2). S/(t,\varepsilon)^2 \cong k[t,\varepsilon]/(t^2,t\varepsilon,\varepsilon^2).

The classes of t,εt,\varepsilon are linearly independent and generate the cotangent space, so its dimension is two. For DD, the maximal ideal (ε)(\varepsilon) already has square zero and is one-dimensional over kk.

The calculations can be summarised as follows. “Cotangent” always refers to the specified origin.

Ring Krull dimension Local dimension at the origin Cotangent dimension Components Reduced?
k[t]k[t] 1 1 1 1 Yes
k[x,y]/(xy)k[x,y]/(xy) 1 1 2 2 Yes
k[t,ε]/(ε2)k[t,\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2) 1 1 2 1 No
k[ε]/(ε2)k[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2) 0 0 1 1 No

Thus Krull dimension is not the number of variables in a presentation, nor must it equal the cotangent dimension. Even matching Krull and cotangent dimensions do not distinguish the crossing of two components from a thickening of a single component.

4. Two generic stalks with different properties

The generic point of the component V(x)V(x) in SpecR\operatorname{Spec}R is the ideal (x)(x). In R(x)R_{(x)}, the element yy is invertible. The equation xy=0xy=0 then forces x=0x=0. Every nonzero polynomial in yy also becomes a unit, so

R(x)k(y). R_{(x)}\cong k(y).

This is a field, of Krull dimension zero.

The unique generic point of SpecS\operatorname{Spec}S is 𝔭=(ε)\mathfrak p=(\varepsilon). Elements outside 𝔭\mathfrak p have the form f(t)+εg(t)f(t)+\varepsilon g(t) with f0f\ne0. In k(t)[ε]/(ε2)k(t)[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2), such an element has inverse

(f+εg)1=f1εgf2. \bigl(f+\varepsilon g\bigr)^{-1} =f^{-1}-\varepsilon g f^{-2}.

Since all nonzero polynomials f(t)f(t) already have to be inverted, this formula proves

S(ε)k(t)[ε]/(ε2). S_{(\varepsilon)}\cong k(t)[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2).

This local ring also has dimension zero, but is not a field: ε\varepsilon is still nonzero and nilpotent. Thus topological irreducibility alone does not ensure that the generic stalk is a field. Lemma 11.19 requires an integral scheme, meaning topologically irreducible and reduced; SpecS\operatorname{Spec}S fails the second condition.

Checks and common pitfalls

Sources and editorial status

References: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 9, revision 793634, Lemmas 9.10 and 9.12; Lecture 11, revision 1019976, Lemma 11.3, Definition 11.6, Lemma 11.7, and Lemma 11.19. All additional worked examples and solutions here have independent editorial status, not the status of original public course solutions.

This independent material is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0; the credits and licences of source components are preserved. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No human authorship or review of these additions is claimed, and no endorsement by Holger Brenner, Wikiversity, or the Wikimedia Foundation is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 7: quasicoherent sheaves, localisation, and fibres

The problem and solution below are independently written editorial material, not a public problem or solution attributed to Holger Brenner. They build on Lemma 14.4 on stalks, Lemma 14.5 on sections over principal opens, and Lemma 14.9 on exactness in Brenner’s course. All these lemmas apply to modules over commutative rings; the ring used here satisfies this hypothesis.

Problem statement

Let kk be any field, A=k[t]A=k[t], and

X=Spec(A),T=A/(t2),M=AT,=M̃. X=\operatorname{Spec}(A),\qquad T=A/(t^2),\qquad M=A\oplus T,\qquad \mathcal F=\widetilde M.

Use the cover U=D(t)U=D(t) and V=D(1t)V=D(1-t) of XX.

  1. Compute the sections of \mathcal F on X,U,V,UVX,U,V,U\cap V, including the restriction maps. Explain how compatible sections on UU and VV determine exactly one global section.
  2. Determine the stalks and fibres of \mathcal F at p=(t)p=(t) and at the generic point η=(0)\eta=(0). Is \mathcal F quasicoherent, coherent, or locally free around pp?
  3. Prove that 0A/(t)jTqA/(t)0,j(a)=ta¯,q(b)=b, 0\longrightarrow A/(t)\xrightarrow{\,j\,}T \xrightarrow{\,q\,}A/(t)\longrightarrow0, \qquad j(\bar a)=\overline{ta},\quad q(\bar b)=\bar b, is exact but does not split as a sequence of AA-modules. Compare the effects of localisation and of taking the fibre at pp.

Here the fibre of a sheaf of modules at xx means (x)=x𝒪X,xκ(x)\mathcal F(x)=\mathcal F_x\otimes_{\mathcal O_{X,x}}\kappa(x), not its stalk x\mathcal F_x.

Complete solution

Sections and gluing

Since t+(1t)=1t+(1-t)=1, no prime ideal contains both elements. Thus D(t)D(1t)=XD(t)\cup D(1-t)=X, while their intersection is D(t(1t))D(t(1-t)). By Lemma 14.5, sections over every principal open are obtained by localising MM.

In TtT_t, the element tt is both invertible and square-zero; consequently 1=01=0 and Tt=0T_t=0. In contrast, in TT we have

(1t)(1+t)=1t2=1. (1-t)(1+t)=1-t^2=1.

Since 1t1-t already acts invertibly on TT, localisation at 1t1-t does not change that module. With this identification we obtain

Γ(X,)=AT,Γ(U,)=At,Γ(V,)=A1tT,Γ(UV,)=At(1t). \begin{aligned} \Gamma(X,\mathcal F)&=A\oplus T,\\ \Gamma(U,\mathcal F)&=A_t,\\ \Gamma(V,\mathcal F)&=A_{1-t}\oplus T,\\ \Gamma(U\cap V,\mathcal F)&=A_{t(1-t)}. \end{aligned}

Restriction from XX to UU sends (a,τ)(a,\tau) to a/1a/1 and kills the torsion component. Restriction to VV sends it to (a/1,τ)(a/1,\tau). From UU to the overlap, we localise further at 1t1-t. From VV to the overlap, we localise the first component at tt and send the TT component to zero.

Thus aAta\in A_t and (b,τ)A1tT(b,\tau)\in A_{1-t}\oplus T form a compatible pair exactly when a=ba=b in At(1t)A_{t(1-t)}. All these rings lie in the fraction field k(t)k(t). If

ftr=g(1t)s, \frac{f}{t^r}=\frac{g}{(1-t)^s},

then (1t)sf=trg(1-t)^s f=t^r g. The polynomials trt^r and (1t)s(1-t)^s are coprime in k[t]k[t], so trt^r divides ff. The common fraction is therefore actually a polynomial hAh\in A. This proves

AtA1t=Ainside k(t). A_t\cap A_{1-t}=A\quad\text{inside }k(t).

The original pair glues to (h,τ)AT(h,\tau)\in A\oplus T. Uniqueness follows from uniqueness of hh and the fact that restriction TT1tT\to T_{1-t} is an isomorphism. For example, the section t+1t+1 on UU and the section (t+1,1+t¯)(t+1,\overline{1+t}) on VV glue to (t+1,1+t¯)(t+1,\overline{1+t}) on XX.

Stalks are not fibres

Write A(t)A_{(t)} for localisation at the complement of (t)(t). Every polynomial with nonzero constant term acts invertibly on TT: modulo t2t^2, it has the form a+bta+bt with a0a\ne0, and its inverse is a1ba2ta^{-1}-ba^{-2}t. Hence

p=M(t)A(t)A/(t2). \mathcal F_p=M_{(t)} \cong A_{(t)}\oplus A/(t^2).

The residue field κ(p)\kappa(p) is kk. Taking the fibre gives

(p)M(t)/tM(t)kk. \mathcal F(p) \cong M_{(t)}/tM_{(t)} \cong k\oplus k.

At the generic point, 𝒪X,η=k(t)\mathcal O_{X,\eta}=k(t) and tt is already invertible. Thus

ηk(t),κ(η)=k(t),(η)k(t). \mathcal F_\eta\cong k(t),\qquad \kappa(\eta)=k(t),\qquad \mathcal F(\eta)\cong k(t).

As the sheaf associated to an AA-module, \mathcal F is quasicoherent. The module MM has two generators and A=k[t]A=k[t] is Noetherian, so \mathcal F is also coherent. This agrees with Definition 14.11 of quasicoherence and Definition 14.12 of coherence, with the additional finiteness condition for coherence.

However, \mathcal F is not locally free around pp. The element (0,1)M(t)(0,\bar1)\in M_{(t)} is nonzero and annihilated by t20t^2\ne0. A free module over the integral domain A(t)A_{(t)} has no such torsion: multiplication by a nonzero element is injective in each coordinate. If \mathcal F were locally free on a neighbourhood of pp, its stalk at pp would be free, contradicting this observation. On D(t)D(t), by contrast, this sheaf is free of rank one.

Exactness, localisation, and loss of injectivity on fibres

The map jj is well defined because replacing aa by a+tca+tc changes tata only by t2ct^2c. If j(a)=0j(\bar a)=0, then ta(t2)ta\in(t^2), so a(t)a\in(t) and a=0\bar a=0. Thus jj is injective. The map qq is surjective, with kernel (t)/(t2)(t)/(t^2), exactly the image of jj. The sequence is exact.

Suppose there were an AA-linear map s:A/(t)Ts:A/(t)\to T with qsq\circ s the identity. Then s(1)s(\bar1) would have to be 1+ct¯\overline{1+ct} for some ckc\in k. Linearity with respect to tt requires

ts(1)=s(t1)=s(0)=0. t\,s(\bar1)=s(t\bar1)=s(0)=0.

But t1+ct¯=t0t\overline{1+ct}=\bar t\ne0 in TT. This contradiction proves that the sequence does not split.

Localisation preserves exactness. After localising at tt, all three modules become zero. After localising at A\(t)A\setminus(t), the sequence remains the same nonsplit exact sequence on stalks at pp. By Lemma 14.9, the associated sheaves also form a short exact sequence.

Taking fibres differs from localising. Tensoring with κ(p)=A/(t)\kappa(p)=A/(t) produces

k0kidk0. k\xrightarrow{\,0\,}k\xrightarrow{\,\mathrm{id}\,}k \longrightarrow0.

The first map is zero because its generator was sent to t\bar t, which becomes zero after quotienting TT by tTtT. The second map is the identity because the class 1\bar1 still maps to 1\bar1. The tensor sequence remains exact at the last two terms, but its first map is no longer injective. There is no contradiction: tensoring is generally only right exact, whereas localisation is exact.

Checks and pitfalls

The two fibre dimensions are 22 at pp and 11 at η\eta; both are consistent with torsion disappearing after tt is inverted. The torsion component must not be discarded on D(1t)D(1-t), since that open set contains pp. The statement that exactness of a sheaf sequence can be checked on stalks cannot be replaced by a statement that all maps on fibres must remain injective.

Provenance and usage rights

Theory reference: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 14, revision 1019980. This bridge problem, its calculations, and its solution are independent editorial material licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No human authorship or review is claimed, and no endorsement by the source author or institution is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 8: a Čech calculation with signs and quotient classes

This problem and solution were independently written to synthesise localisation methods and Čech cohomology. The referenced theory is Holger Brenner’s: Definition 26.3, Example 26.7, and Lemma 26.8. This is not an addition to the public solutions of the source worksheet.

Problem statement

Let kk be any field and R=k[x,y,z]R=k[x,y,z]. Take

X=Spec(R)\V(x,y),U0=D(x),U1=D(y). X=\operatorname{Spec}(R)\setminus V(x,y),\qquad U_0=D(x),\qquad U_1=D(y).

Thus the entire line defined by x=y=0x=y=0 is removed, not just a single point. We work with the structure sheaf 𝒪X\mathcal O_X and the index order 0<10<1.

  1. Write down the Čech complex, including the signs of its differential. Compute Ȟ0\check H^0 and Ȟ1\check H^1 as modules over k[z]k[z].
  2. Determine the normal representative of the class given by c=zxy+1x2y+x2y3+yx4. c=\frac{z}{xy}+\frac{1}{x^2y}+\frac{x^2}{y^3}+\frac{y}{x^4}. Show explicitly which terms are coboundaries.
  3. Explain why the quotient for Ȟ1\check H^1 is a quotient module, not a quotient ring. Determine whether the class z/(xy)z/(xy) is zero; then determine its image in the calculation obtained by setting z=0z=0.
  4. Check the hypotheses identifying Ȟ1\check H^1 with H1(X,𝒪X)H^1(X,\mathcal O_X), and conclude that XX is not affine even though Γ(X,𝒪X)=R\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X)=R.

Complete solution

The complex and its signs

The intersection is U0U1=D(xy)U_0\cap U_1=D(xy). By the description of sections through localisation, the complex is

0RxRyδ0Rxy0,δ0(a,b)=ba. 0\longrightarrow R_x\oplus R_y \xrightarrow{\,\delta^0\,}R_{xy} \longrightarrow0, \qquad \delta^0(a,b)=b-a.

Both terms on the right of the formula are taken after restriction to D(xy)D(xy). The sign comes from (δ0s)01=s1|01s0|01(\delta^0s)_{01}=s_1|_{01}-s_0|_{01}, following the order 0<10<1. Since the cover has only two members, Č2=0\check C^2=0; every element of RxyR_{xy} is therefore a degree-one cocycle.

To recall the convention, for three ordered cover members 0<1<20<1<2, the next differential would be

(δ1c)012=c12|012c02|012+c01|012. (\delta^1c)_{012}=c_{12}|_{012}-c_{02}|_{012}+c_{01}|_{012}.

Substituting cij=sjsic_{ij}=s_j-s_i gives (s2s1)(s2s0)+(s1s0)=0(s_2-s_1)-(s_2-s_0)+(s_1-s_0)=0. This explains the sign cancellation; for our cover there is no degree-two term to compute.

The kernel and quotient module

The three localisation rings can be viewed as subrings of the Laurent polynomial ring

Rxy=k[z][x,x1,y,y1]. R_{xy}=k[z][x,x^{-1},y,y^{-1}].

As a k[z]k[z]-module, this last ring has a monomial basis xiyjx^i y^j with (i,j)2(i,j)\in\mathbb Z^2. Every element is a finite linear combination of these monomials. In RxR_x, the exponent of yy must be nonnegative; in RyR_y, the exponent of xx must be nonnegative. Uniqueness of Laurent expressions gives

RxRy=k[z][x,y]=R. R_x\cap R_y=k[z][x,y]=R.

Thus the kernel of δ0\delta^0 consists of pairs (f,f)(f,f), fRf\in R, and

Ȟ0({U0,U1},𝒪X)R. \check H^0(\{U_0,U_1\},\mathcal O_X)\cong R.

The image of δ0\delta^0 is Rx+RyR_x+R_y: the minus sign does not change the generated submodule because RxR_x is closed under negation. This submodule consists exactly of combinations of monomials with at least one of i,ji,j nonnegative. Hence

Ȟ1({U0,U1},𝒪X)=Rxy/(Rx+Ry)a1,b1k[z][xayb]. \begin{aligned} \check H^1(\{U_0,U_1\},\mathcal O_X) &=R_{xy}/(R_x+R_y)\\ &\cong\bigoplus_{a\geq1,\ b\geq1}k[z]\,[x^{-a}y^{-b}]. \end{aligned}

A normal representative exists by discarding all monomials whose xx or yy exponent is nonnegative. Its uniqueness follows from uniqueness of Laurent coefficients: a combination of monomials with both exponents negative cannot equal a combination of monomials in the complementary set. Thus this is not merely a generating list but a genuine basis of a free module over k[z]k[z].

Reducing the given cocycle

Set

a=yx4Rx,b=x2y3Ry. a=-\frac{y}{x^4}\in R_x,\qquad b=\frac{x^2}{y^3}\in R_y.

Our chosen sign convention gives

δ0(a,b)=x2y3+yx4. \delta^0(a,b)=\frac{x^2}{y^3}+\frac{y}{x^4}.

Therefore

[c]=[zxy+1x2y]=z[x1y1]+[x2y1]. [c]=\left[\frac{z}{xy}+\frac{1}{x^2y}\right] =z[x^{-1}y^{-1}]+[x^{-2}y^{-1}].

This is the required normal representative. Its class is nonzero: the coefficient of the basis element [x2y1][x^{-2}y^{-1}] is 11, nonzero over any field. This remains true in characteristic two; the sign convention is still valid, although negation coincides with the identity.

Why this is not a quotient ring

The submodule Rx+RyR_x+R_y is stable under multiplication by RR, but is not an ideal of RxyR_{xy}. It contains 11 but does not contain 1/(xy)1/(xy). An ideal containing 11 must be the whole ring. Thus the quotient notation above must be read as a quotient of RR-modules, or in particular of k[z]k[z]-modules, not as a quotient ring of RxyR_{xy}.

An example of using the correct module structure is

xy[x1y1]=[1]=0 xy\,[x^{-1}y^{-1}]=[1]=0

even though [x1y1]0[x^{-1}y^{-1}]\ne0. This does not mean that arbitrary classes can be multiplied using multiplication in RxyR_{xy}; that multiplication does not descend to this quotient.

The class z[x1y1]z[x^{-1}y^{-1}] is nonzero because its coefficient zz is nonzero in k[z]k[z] and the module above is free over k[z]k[z]. Substitution z=0z=0 defines a map from our complex to the complex

0k[x,y]xk[x,y]yk[x,y]xy0. 0\longrightarrow k[x,y]_x\oplus k[x,y]_y \longrightarrow k[x,y]_{xy}\longrightarrow0.

The map is compatible with bab-a, so it induces a cohomology map replacing every coefficient f(z)f(z) by f(0)f(0). The image of z[x1y1]z[x^{-1}y^{-1}] is zero, whereas the image of [c][c] is [x2y1][x^{-2}y^{-1}], still nonzero. This conclusion follows directly from the complexes; no unproved cohomology base-change theorem is needed.

From Čech to sheaf cohomology

The spaces U0U_0, U1U_1, and U0U1U_0\cap U_1 are affine, with rings RxR_x, RyR_y, and RxyR_{xy}. All three are integral domains, being localisations of the integral domain k[x,y,z]k[x,y,z]. The restriction of 𝒪X\mathcal O_X to each open is its structure sheaf. Lemma 25.7 therefore gives

H1(U0,𝒪X)=H1(U1,𝒪X)=H1(U0U1,𝒪X)=0. H^1(U_0,\mathcal O_X)=H^1(U_1,\mathcal O_X) =H^1(U_0\cap U_1,\mathcal O_X)=0.

The hypotheses of Lemma 26.8 hold, so the Ȟ1\check H^1 computed above equals H1(X,𝒪X)H^1(X,\mathcal O_X). In particular, this group is nonzero.

As a nonempty open subset of the integral scheme Spec(R)\operatorname{Spec}(R), XX is integral. If XX were affine, its coordinate ring would be an integral domain and Lemma 25.7 would force H1(X,𝒪X)=0H^1(X,\mathcal O_X)=0, contradicting the class [x1y1][x^{-1}y^{-1}] we found. Thus XX is not affine. The identity Γ(X,𝒪X)=R\Gamma(X,\mathcal O_X)=R remains true, since global sections form the kernel of the Čech complex by the sheaf gluing property. The global section ring alone does not recover this nonaffine scheme.

Checks and pitfalls

A denominator containing both xx and yy does not automatically yield a nonzero class: after cancellation, both exponents must genuinely be negative. The order 0<10<1 fixes the sign bab-a. Using aba-b consistently gives an isomorphic complex, but mixing the conventions spoils the representative calculation. The statement about sheaf H1H^1 is used only after the comparison hypotheses have been checked.

Provenance and usage rights

Theory references: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 25, revision 1003754 and Lecture 26, revision 793619. This independent editorial problem and solution are licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No human authorship or review, or endorsement by the source author, is claimed.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 9: computable projective cohomology

This is an independent editorial problem and solution, not an additional public solution attributed to Holger Brenner. The calculation connects Theorem 26.10, on comparison with Čech cohomology for the standard affine cover, and Theorem 27.4, on cohomology of twisted structure sheaves, with evaluation of sections at a point.

Problem statement

Let kk be any field,

S=k[X0,X1,X2],P=k2=Proj(S),=𝒪P(4)𝒪P(2). S=k[X_0,X_1,X_2],\qquad P=\mathbb P_k^2=\operatorname{Proj}(S), \qquad \mathcal E=\mathcal O_P(-4)\oplus\mathcal O_P(2).

For nn\in\mathbb Z, use the description Γ(D+(Xi),𝒪P(n))=(SXi)n\Gamma(D_+(X_i),\mathcal O_P(n))=(S_{X_i})_n; the subscript nn denotes the homogeneous part of degree nn.

  1. Write down the Čech complex for the cover Ui=D+(Xi)U_i=D_+(X_i), ordered by 0<1<20<1<2. Use Laurent monomials to explain why H1(P,𝒪P(n))=0H^1(P,\mathcal O_P(n))=0 and how bases for H0H^0 and H2H^2 are obtained.
  2. Compute all Hq(P,)H^q(P,\mathcal E) and give concrete bases for the nonzero groups, not merely their dimensions.
  3. Take the rational point p=[1:1:0]p=[1:1:0]. In the trivialisation on U0U_0, use the basis X04X_0^{-4} for 𝒪P(4)\mathcal O_P(-4) and X02X_0^2 for 𝒪P(2)\mathcal O_P(2). Compute the image and kernel of evaluation evp:H0(P,)(p). \operatorname{ev}_p:H^0(P,\mathcal E)\longrightarrow\mathcal E(p). Is \mathcal E generated by its global sections?

Complete solution

The Čech complex and decomposition by monomials

The standard affine cover and all its intersections give the complex

0i=02(SXi)nδ0(SX0X1)n(SX0X2)n(SX1X2)nδ1(SX0X1X2)n0. \begin{aligned} 0\longrightarrow{}&\bigoplus_{i=0}^{2}(S_{X_i})_n \xrightarrow{\,\delta^0\,} (S_{X_0X_1})_n\oplus(S_{X_0X_2})_n\oplus(S_{X_1X_2})_n\\ \xrightarrow{\,\delta^1\,}{}&(S_{X_0X_1X_2})_n \longrightarrow0. \end{aligned}

All terms are viewed inside the common Laurent ring; the restriction maps are inclusions. With components ordered 01,02,1201,02,12,

δ0(s0,s1,s2)=(s1s0,s2s0,s2s1),δ1(c01,c02,c12)=c12c02+c01. \delta^0(s_0,s_1,s_2)=(s_1-s_0,s_2-s_0,s_2-s_1), \qquad \delta^1(c_{01},c_{02},c_{12})=c_{12}-c_{02}+c_{01}.

Their composite is zero by direct cancellation. The scheme PP is projective over the commutative ring kk, and 𝒪P(n)\mathcal O_P(n) is invertible, hence quasicoherent. Thus the hypotheses of Theorem 26.10 hold: the cohomology of this complex is the required sheaf cohomology.

Fix a monomial

m=X0α0X1α1X2α2,α0+α1+α2=n, m=X_0^{\alpha_0}X_1^{\alpha_1}X_2^{\alpha_2},\qquad \alpha_0+\alpha_1+\alpha_2=n,

and write N={i:αi<0}N=\{i:\alpha_i<0\}. This monomial occurs in SiJXiS_{\prod_{i\in J}X_i} exactly when NJN\subseteq J: negative exponents are allowed only for variables that have been inverted. The differentials do not mix distinct monomials, so the complex decomposes as a direct sum of coefficient complexes for individual monomials. Every element is still a finite sum; we are not using infinite Laurent series.

There are four possibilities.

  1. If N=N=\varnothing, the coefficient complex is k3k3kk^3\to k^3\to k with the maps above. The kernel of the first map consists of (a,a,a)(a,a,a) and has dimension one. Its image has dimension two. The second map is surjective with two-dimensional kernel; since δ1δ0=0\delta^1\delta^0=0, this kernel is exactly the image of the first map. Thus only H0H^0 contributes one copy of kk.
  2. If #N=1\#N=1, only one degree-zero term and two degree-one terms occur. The complex has the form kk2kk\to k^2\to k. The first map is injective, with each coefficient equal to 11 or 1-1; the second map is surjective. Its kernel is one-dimensional and contains the image of the first map, so they agree. All cohomology in this case is zero.
  3. If #N=2\#N=2, only one degree-one term and one degree-two term occur. The map between them is 11 or 1-1, hence an isomorphism. All cohomology is zero.
  4. If #N=3\#N=3, only the degree-two term occurs. This monomial contributes one copy of kk to H2H^2.

The dimension arguments hold in every characteristic: the coefficients 11 and 1-1 remain nonzero even when they coincide. We obtain

H0(P,𝒪P(n))=Sn,H1(P,𝒪P(n))=0,H2(P,𝒪P(n))=α0,α1,α2<0α0+α1+α2=nk[X0α0X1α1X2α2]. \begin{aligned} H^0(P,\mathcal O_P(n))&=S_n,\\ H^1(P,\mathcal O_P(n))&=0,\\ H^2(P,\mathcal O_P(n)) &=\bigoplus_{\substack{\alpha_0,\alpha_1,\alpha_2<0\\ \alpha_0+\alpha_1+\alpha_2=n}} k\,[X_0^{\alpha_0}X_1^{\alpha_1}X_2^{\alpha_2}]. \end{aligned}

There is no cohomology in degrees q3q\geq3, since the Čech complex ends in degree two. This is also the case R=k,d=2R=k,d=2 of Theorem 27.4; the monomial calculation exhibits the bases and exactness directly.

Cohomology of the two twists

There are no polynomial monomials of degree 4-4, so H0(P,𝒪P(4))=0H^0(P,\mathcal O_P(-4))=0. For H2H^2, write ai=αia_i=-\alpha_i. The conditions become ai1a_i\geq1 and a0+a1+a2=4a_0+a_1+a_2=4. Their solutions are exactly (2,1,1),(1,2,1),(1,1,2)(2,1,1),(1,2,1),(1,1,2). Thus a basis is

[1X02X1X2],[1X0X12X2],[1X0X1X22]. \left[\frac1{X_0^2X_1X_2}\right],\qquad \left[\frac1{X_0X_1^2X_2}\right],\qquad \left[\frac1{X_0X_1X_2^2}\right].

Square brackets denote classes in the quotient of the degree-two term by the image of the degree-one term; these three fractions are not global sections of 𝒪P(4)\mathcal O_P(-4).

For n=2n=2, a basis of S2S_2 is

X02,X0X1,X0X2,X12,X1X2,X22. X_0^2,\quad X_0X_1,\quad X_0X_2,\quad X_1^2,\quad X_1X_2,\quad X_2^2.

Three negative integers cannot sum to 22, so H2(P,𝒪P(2))=0H^2(P,\mathcal O_P(2))=0. Both twists have H1=0H^1=0. The complex for the direct sum \mathcal E is the direct sum of the two complexes, so its kernels, images, and cohomology also decompose. The complete conclusion is

Hq(P,){k6,q=0,0,q=1,k3,q=2,0,q3. H^q(P,\mathcal E)\cong \begin{cases} k^6,&q=0,\\ 0,&q=1,\\ k^3,&q=2,\\ 0,&q\geq3. \end{cases}

A basis for H0H^0 consists of the six pairs (0,m)(0,m) with mm in the list of quadratics above. A basis for H2H^2 consists of the three pairs (ξ,0)(\xi,0) with ξ\xi in the list of fraction classes above.

Evaluation at a point and global generation

On U0U_0, use coordinates u=X1/X0u=X_1/X_0 and v=X2/X0v=X_2/X_0. The point pp is given by (u,v)=(1,0)(u,v)=(1,0) and has residue field kk. The specified trivialisation identifies (p)\mathcal E(p) with kkk\oplus k.

A general global section has the form (0,f)(0,f) with

f=a00X02+a01X0X1+a02X0X2+a11X12+a12X1X2+a22X22. f=a_{00}X_0^2+a_{01}X_0X_1+a_{02}X_0X_2 +a_{11}X_1^2+a_{12}X_1X_2+a_{22}X_2^2.

Its local coefficient in the positive summand is f/X02=a00+a01u+a02v+a11u2+a12uv+a22v2f/X_0^2=a_{00}+a_{01}u+a_{02}v+a_{11}u^2+a_{12}uv+a_{22}v^2. Hence

evp(0,f)=(0,a00+a01+a11). \operatorname{ev}_p(0,f)=(0,a_{00}+a_{01}+a_{11}).

Its image is the line {0}k\{0\}\oplus k, since the section (0,X02)(0,X_0^2) maps to (0,1)(0,1). Its kernel is defined by the single equation a00+a01+a11=0a_{00}+a_{01}+a_{11}=0 and has basis

(0,X0X1X02),(0,X12X02),(0,X0X2),(0,X1X2),(0,X22). \begin{aligned} &(0,X_0X_1-X_0^2),\qquad (0,X_1^2-X_0^2),\\ &(0,X_0X_2),\qquad (0,X_1X_2),\qquad (0,X_2^2). \end{aligned}

These five vectors are linearly independent because each of the monomials X0X1X_0X_1, X12X_1^2, X0X2X_0X_2, X1X2X_1X_2, and X22X_2^2 occurs in only one vector; all satisfy the kernel equation.

Since the evaluation image is one-dimensional while the fibre is two-dimensional, global sections do not generate \mathcal E at pp. Thus \mathcal E is not globally generated. The summand 𝒪P(2)\mathcal O_P(2) itself is globally generated: at any point, at least one XiX_i is nonzero, and the section Xi2X_i^2 is a generator in the trivialisation on D+(Xi)D_+(X_i). The failure for \mathcal E comes from the summand 𝒪P(4)\mathcal O_P(-4), which has a one-dimensional fibre at every point but no nonzero global sections.

Checks and pitfalls

The three generators of H2(𝒪P(4))H^2(\mathcal O_P(-4)) all have degree 4-4 and three negative exponents. A fraction with any nonnegative exponent is a coboundary in degree two. Do not confuse sheaf rank, the dimension of the global section space, and cohomology dimensions: here \mathcal E has rank 22, but h0()=6h^0(\mathcal E)=6 and h2()=3h^2(\mathcal E)=3. Even six global sections need not generate a two-dimensional fibre.

Provenance and usage rights

Theory references: Holger Brenner, Bündel, Garben und Kohomologie, Lecture 26, revision 793619 and Lecture 27, revision 1070036. This independent editorial problem and solution are licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. Production: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. No human authorship or review, or endorsement by the source author, is claimed.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 10: Euler characteristic and a thickened point

The following problem and solution were independently written; they are not a source problem or solution by Holger Brenner. The foundations used are Theorem 26.10, Theorem 27.4, Definition 27.8, and Lemma 27.9 in the BGK translation. The source statement of additivity applies to short exact sequences of coherent sheaves on a projective scheme over a field.

Problem

Let KK be any field, X=K1X=\mathbb P_K^1 with coordinates [X0:X1][X_0:X_1], m1m\geq1, and nn\in\mathbb Z. Write P=[1:0]P=[1:0] and

Z=Proj(K[X0,X1]/(X1m)),i:ZX. Z=\operatorname{Proj}\bigl(K[X_0,X_1]/(X_1^m)\bigr), \qquad i:Z\hookrightarrow X.

The notation 𝒪Z(n)\mathcal O_Z(n) means i*𝒪X(n)i^*\mathcal O_X(n).

  1. Prove that multiplication by X1mX_1^m gives a short exact sequence 0𝒪X(nm)𝒪X(n)i*𝒪Z(n)00\to\mathcal O_X(n-m)\to\mathcal O_X(n)\to i_*\mathcal O_Z(n)\to0. Determine the ring of ZZ on the chart containing it.
  2. Compute h0h^0 and h1h^1 of all three sheaves, and their Euler characteristics. Explain why all higher cohomology vanishes.
  3. For the cover U0=D+(X0)U_0=D_+(X_0) and U1=D+(X1)U_1=D_+(X_1), determine the connecting homomorphism δ:H0(Z,𝒪Z(n))H1(X,𝒪X(nm))\delta:H^0(Z,\mathcal O_Z(n))\to H^1(X,\mathcal O_X(n-m)). Determine when restriction of global sections to ZZ is surjective.
  4. Work out the case m=3m=3, n=0n=0 explicitly. Explain why the length of ZZ, rather than its number of topological points, occurs in the Euler formula.

Solution

1. Exactness on two charts

On U0U_0 use t=X1/X0t=X_1/X_0; on U1U_1 use s=X0/X1=t1s=X_0/X_1=t^{-1}. Write the local frames of 𝒪X(r)\mathcal O_X(r) as e0(r)=X0re_0^{(r)}=X_0^r and e1(r)=X1re_1^{(r)}=X_1^r for every rr\in\mathbb Z. For r<0r<0, this notation denotes a frame of an invertible sheaf, not a global polynomial. On the overlap, e1(r)=tre0(r)e_1^{(r)}=t^r e_0^{(r)}.

In these frames, multiplication by X1mX_1^m is given by

K[t]tmK[t]on U0,K[s]1K[s]on U1. K[t]\xrightarrow{\ t^m\ }K[t]\quad\text{on }U_0, \qquad K[s]\xrightarrow{\ 1\ }K[s]\quad\text{on }U_1.

The first map is injective because K[t]K[t] is an integral domain; the second is an isomorphism. Their quotients are K[t]/(tm)K[t]/(t^m) and 00, respectively. They are compatible on the overlap, since tt is a unit there. Thus the required sheaf sequence is exact. All its sheaves are coherent: the first two are locally free of rank one, while the quotient has a finite presentation on these Noetherian charts.

The scheme ZZ lies entirely in U0U_0, and

Z=Spec(K[t]/(tm)). Z=\operatorname{Spec}(K[t]/(t^m)).

Its only prime ideal is (t)(t), so its topological space has only the point PP. However, 1,t,,tm11,t,\ldots,t^{m-1} form a basis of its ring as a vector space over KK.

2. Cohomology and Euler characteristic

Theorem 26.10 applies because XX is projective over KK and the sheaves above are quasicoherent. In the frame e0(r)e_0^{(r)}, the Čech complex for 𝒪X(r)\mathcal O_X(r) has differential

K[t]K[t1]K[t,t1],(a,b)trba. K[t]\oplus K[t^{-1}] \longrightarrow K[t,t^{-1}], \qquad (a,b)\longmapsto t^r b-a.

This uses the sign convention s1s0s_1-s_0. There are no terms of degree two or higher. The kernel identifies with K[t]trK[t1]K[t]\cap t^rK[t^{-1}], while the cokernel is

K[t,t1]/(K[t]+trK[t1]). K[t,t^{-1}]\big/\bigl(K[t]+t^rK[t^{-1}]\bigr).

For the kernel, the available monomials are exactly tjt^j with 0jr0\leq j\leq r. For the cokernel, the surviving monomials are exactly tjt^j with r<j<0r<j<0. Linear independence of Laurent monomials gives

h0(𝒪X(r))=max(r+1,0),h1(𝒪X(r))=max(r1,0),Hq(𝒪X(r))=0(q2). h^0(\mathcal O_X(r))=\max(r+1,0), \qquad h^1(\mathcal O_X(r))=\max(-r-1,0), \qquad H^q(\mathcal O_X(r))=0\quad(q\geq2).

This calculation is also the case d=1d=1 of Theorem 27.4. Hence χ(𝒪X(r))=r+1\chi(\mathcal O_X(r))=r+1 for every integer rr, including r<0r<0.

The frame e0(n)e_0^{(n)} trivialises 𝒪Z(n)\mathcal O_Z(n). The Čech complex for i*𝒪Z(n)i_*\mathcal O_Z(n) has only the term K[t]/(tm)K[t]/(t^m) in degree zero: its values on U1U_1 and on the overlap are zero. Therefore

h0(i*𝒪Z(n))=m,Hq(X,i*𝒪Z(n))=0(q>0),χ(i*𝒪Z(n))=m. h^0(i_*\mathcal O_Z(n))=m,\qquad H^q(X,i_*\mathcal O_Z(n))=0\quad(q>0), \qquad \chi(i_*\mathcal O_Z(n))=m.

On ZZ itself the result is the same: its topological space has one point, so the global section functor equals the stalk functor at that point and is exact. Its positive cohomology therefore vanishes. The additivity formula now becomes the identity

n+1χ(𝒪X(n))=nm+1χ(𝒪X(nm))+mχ(i*𝒪Z(n)). \underbrace{n+1}_{\chi(\mathcal O_X(n))} = \underbrace{n-m+1}_{\chi(\mathcal O_X(n-m))} +\underbrace{m}_{\chi(i_*\mathcal O_Z(n))}.

Why does additivity follow from exactness? The cohomology sequence ends as

0H0(𝒪X(nm))H0(𝒪X(n))H0(𝒪Z(n))δH1(𝒪X(nm))H1(𝒪X(n))0. 0\to H^0(\mathcal O_X(n-m))\to H^0(\mathcal O_X(n)) \to H^0(\mathcal O_Z(n)) \xrightarrow{\delta}H^1(\mathcal O_X(n-m)) \to H^1(\mathcal O_X(n))\to0.

In a finite exact sequence of finite-dimensional vector spaces, the dimension of each term is the sum of the dimensions of the incoming and outgoing images. The alternating sum cancels every image dimension twice with opposite signs. The result is exactly the Euler formula above, not additivity of h0h^0 alone.

3. The connecting homomorphism

Represent a section on ZZ uniquely by q(t)=r=0m1crtrq(t)=\sum_{r=0}^{m-1}c_rt^r. Lift it to q(t)e0(n)q(t)e_0^{(n)} on U0U_0 and to 00 on U1U_1. The Čech difference of the two lifts is q(t)e0(n)-q(t)e_0^{(n)}. Dividing by the multiplier tmt^m gives

δ([q])=[tmq(t)]inK[t,t1]K[t]+tnmK[t1]. \delta([q])=[-t^{-m}q(t)] \quad\text{in}\quad \frac{K[t,t^{-1}]} {K[t]+t^{\,n-m}K[t^{-1}]}.

Changing the lifts changes this representative by a coboundary. In particular, replacing qq by q+tmaq+t^ma adds aK[t]-a\in K[t], so its class does not change.

The class δ([tr])\delta([t^r]) is nonzero exactly when nm<rm<0n-m<r-m<0, that is, r>nr>n for 0r<m0\leq r<m. These nonzero classes are linearly independent. Consequently

dimkerδ=min(m,max(n+1,0)),dimimδ=mmin(m,max(n+1,0)). \dim\ker\delta=\min\bigl(m,\max(n+1,0)\bigr), \qquad \dim\operatorname{im}\delta =m-\min\bigl(m,\max(n+1,0)\bigr).

This is also visible directly: for n0n\geq0, global sections of 𝒪X(n)\mathcal O_X(n) are polynomials in tt of degree at most nn, and restriction to ZZ takes their classes modulo tmt^m. For n<0n<0 there are no nonzero global sections. Restriction is surjective exactly when nm1n\geq m-1.

4. One point of length three

For m=3m=3 and n=0n=0, the global sequence is

0Ka(a,0,0)K3(a,b,c)(b,c)K20, 0\longrightarrow K \xrightarrow{\,a\mapsto(a,0,0)\,}K^3 \xrightarrow{\ (a,b,c)\mapsto(-b,-c)\ }K^2 \longrightarrow0,

with basis 1,t,t21,t,t^2 of K[t]/(t3)K[t]/(t^3) and basis [t2],[t1][t^{-2}],[t^{-1}] of H1(𝒪X(3))H^1(\mathcal O_X(-3)). Thus tt and t2t^2 are sections on ZZ that cannot extend to global functions on XX. The Euler formula gives

1=(2)+3. 1=(-2)+3.

The filtration K[t]/(t3)(t)/(t3)(t2)/(t3)0K[t]/(t^3)\supset(t)/(t^3)\supset(t^2)/(t^3)\supset0 has three successive quotients isomorphic to KK; its length is three. In general, the filtration by powers of tt has mm such quotients. Euler characteristic records the dimension of sections and therefore counts this length mm, not merely the single point of the topological space.

Checks and material provenance

Surjectivity of sheaves is checked locally; surjectivity on global sections is measured by δ\delta and must not be inferred automatically. No assumption that KK is algebraically closed is needed, since PP is an explicitly specified rational point.

Holger Brenner’s BGK Lectures 26 and 27 use the frozen parent revisions 793619 and 1070036. The revision of the cohomology formula entity used is 1102393; other transclusion identities remain those in the edition’s frozen manifest. This independent problem, bridge exposition, and solution: CC BY-SA 4.0. Model provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. The credits and licences of source components remain in force; no human authorship or review, or endorsement by the source author, is claimed.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 11: a classical conic and its scheme

This problem and solution are independent material, not a source problem by Holger Brenner. The classical comparison starts from Lemma 28.2 on affine charts and Definition 28.3 of regular functions in Lecture 28 of Algebraische Kurven. Their translation IDs are br-ak-2012-l28-lem-01 and br-ak-2012-l28-def-02, respectively. On the scheme side, use BGK Lemma 12.9 and BGK Lemma 12.17: Proj charts are spectra of degree-zero components of localisations, computed by dehomogenisation.

Problem

Let KK be an algebraically closed field of arbitrary characteristic. Distinguish

Ckl={[x:y:z]2(K)xzy2=0} C_{\mathrm{kl}} =\{[x:y:z]\in\mathbb P^2(K)\mid xz-y^2=0\}

with its Zariski topology and classical regular functions from the scheme

C=Proj(A),A=K[X,Y,Z]/(XZY2). C=\operatorname{Proj}(A), \qquad A=K[X,Y,Z]/(XZ-Y^2).

  1. Compute the charts UX=D+(X)U_X=D_+(X) and UZ=D+(Z)U_Z=D_+(Z) and the gluing on their overlap. Prove that they cover the entire scheme, not just its KK-points.
  2. Prove that ν:K1C\nu:\mathbb P_K^1\to C, given on points by [u:v][u2:uv:v2][u:v]\mapsto[u^2:uv:v^2], is a scheme isomorphism.
  3. List the closed points and generic point of CC. Compute the stalks of the structure sheaf and their residue fields, and compare them with the classical local rings. Determine Γ(C,𝒪C)\Gamma(C,\mathcal O_C).
  4. Determine the scheme-theoretic intersection with the line Z=0Z=0 and explain what information is lost if only the set of intersection points is retained.
  5. Explain why AA is not the global function ring of CC and why ν*𝒪C(1)𝒪K1(2)\nu^*\mathcal O_C(1)\cong\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^1}(2).

Solution

1. Two charts and one inversion

Lemma 12.17 applies because AA is standard graded with a homogeneous relation of degree two. On UXU_X, put t=Y/Xt=Y/X and z=Z/Xz=Z/X. Then

(AX)0=K[t,z]/(zt2)K[t]. (A_X)_0=K[t,z]/(z-t^2)\cong K[t].

On UZU_Z, put s=Y/Zs=Y/Z and x=X/Zx=X/Z. Then

(AZ)0=K[s,x]/(xs2)K[s]. (A_Z)_0=K[s,x]/(x-s^2)\cong K[s].

If a homogeneous prime ideal 𝔭\mathfrak p contains XX and ZZ, the relation Y2=XZY^2=XZ forces it to contain YY. It contains the irrelevant ideal (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) and is therefore not a Proj point. Thus UXU_X and UZU_Z cover every scheme point.

On UXU_X, the condition Z0Z\ne0 means invertibility of t2t^2, which is equivalent to invertibility of tt. Since

s=YZ=Y/XZ/X=tt2=t1, s=\frac YZ=\frac{Y/X}{Z/X}=\frac{t}{t^2}=t^{-1},

the overlap is Spec(K[t,t1])\operatorname{Spec}(K[t,t^{-1}]), and the gluing homomorphism is determined by st1s\mapsto t^{-1}.

2. An isomorphism, not merely a bijection on points

On the chart u0u\ne0 of K1\mathbb P_K^1, the coordinate is v/uv/u. The formula for ν\nu gives t=Y/X=v/ut=Y/X=v/u and Z/X=(v/u)2Z/X=(v/u)^2. Thus the chart map is the isomorphism K[t]K[v/u]K[t]\to K[v/u], tv/ut\mapsto v/u. On the chart v0v\ne0, the corresponding map is K[s]K[u/v]K[s]\to K[u/v], su/vs\mapsto u/v.

These maps are compatible on the overlap because both gluings use inversion. The local maps and their inverses therefore glue to mutually inverse scheme morphisms. This proves that ν\nu is a scheme isomorphism without deducing it merely from a bijection on closed points.

The inverse formula on classical points is [1:t][1:t] on UXU_X and [s:1][s:1] on UZU_Z. Both are regular in their charts, so they also give an isomorphism of classical varieties. No step divides by 22; the result remains valid in characteristic two.

3. Points, stalks, and functions

Since KK is algebraically closed, the prime ideals of K[t]K[t] are (0)(0) and (ta)(t-a) for aKa\in K. All closed points of CC are therefore

Pa=[1:a:a2](aK),P=[0:0:1]. P_a=[1:a:a^2]\quad(a\in K), \qquad P_\infty=[0:0:1].

The homogeneous prime ideals representing them in AA are (YaX,Za2X)(Y-aX,Z-a^2X) and (X,Y)(X,Y). The generic points of the charts, namely the zero ideals of K[t]K[t] and K[s]K[s], are identified on the overlap. The result is one generic point η\eta of CC, whose closure is all of CC.

To see that the zero ideal of AA is indeed prime, map X,Y,ZX,Y,Z to u2,uv,v2u^2,uv,v^2 in K[u,v]K[u,v]. Modulo XZY2XZ-Y^2, every polynomial has a representative B(X,Z)+YC(X,Z)B(X,Z)+YC(X,Z). Monomials in the image of the first term have both exponents even; those in the image of the second have both exponents odd. Distinct monomials in either group remain distinct, so this map has zero kernel. Thus AA is an integral domain, and η\eta is represented by (0)(0) in Proj. The chart argument also shows that there are no other points.

The local rings and residue fields are

𝒪C,Pa=K[t](ta),κ(Pa)=K,𝒪C,P=K[s](s),κ(P)=K,𝒪C,η=K(t),κ(η)=K(t). \begin{aligned} \mathcal O_{C,P_a}&=K[t]_{(t-a)},& \kappa(P_a)&=K,\\ \mathcal O_{C,P_\infty}&=K[s]_{(s)},& \kappa(P_\infty)&=K,\\ \mathcal O_{C,\eta}&=K(t),& \kappa(\eta)&=K(t). \end{aligned}

For example, the stalk at PaP_a contains fractions f(t)/g(t)f(t)/g(t) with g(a)0g(a)\ne0; the map to the residue field evaluates them at aa. A stalk is not its residue field: the element tat-a is nonzero in K[t](ta)K[t]_{(t-a)} but has zero image in KK.

The classical definition of a regular function gives the same local ring at each PaP_a and PP_\infty. What the scheme adds is the generic point as an actual point, not a replacement of the local rings at classical points. The topology on the closed-point set, as a subspace of CC, agrees with the classical topology: on both charts, closed sets are defined by the same polynomial equations. The classical space itself has no generic point.

Global sections of the structure sheaf are pairs f(t)K[t]f(t)\in K[t], g(s)K[s]g(s)\in K[s] with f(t)=g(t1)f(t)=g(t^{-1}) on the overlap. In the Laurent ring, the first polynomial has only nonnegative exponents and the second only nonpositive exponents. Hence

Γ(C,𝒪C)=K[t]K[t1]=K. \Gamma(C,\mathcal O_C) =K[t]\cap K[t^{-1}]=K.

The same calculation applies to classical global regular functions.

4. Intersection with the tangent line

For Z=0Z=0, the conic relation gives Y2=0Y^2=0. Every prime on the intersection contains YY and cannot also contain XX; hence the whole intersection lies in UXU_X. The line equation there is z=0z=0, while on the conic z=t2z=t^2. Thus the scheme-theoretic intersection is

CV+(Z)=Spec(K[t]/(t2)). C\cap V_+(Z)=\operatorname{Spec}(K[t]/(t^2)).

The classical intersection point set is just {P0}\{P_0\}. The intersection scheme has length two, since the classes of 1,t1,t are linearly independent and t2=0t^2=0 with t0t\ne0. This nilpotent structure is invisible in the one-point set.

This does not mean that the conic is singular. On chart UXU_X, the equation zt2z-t^2 has partial derivative 11 with respect to zz; the chart itself is isomorphic to the affine line. The line equation z=0z=0 vanishes to order two along the parameter tt, thus recording tangency. The same argument remains valid in characteristic two.

5. Homogeneous degree does not give global functions

The ring AA is graded and contains homogeneous coordinates of positive degree. Multiplying all coordinates of a point by λ\lambda multiplies the values of X,Y,ZX,Y,Z by λ\lambda; these coordinates therefore do not define KK-valued functions on projective points. They are sections of 𝒪C(1)\mathcal O_C(1). Regular functions, in contrast, locally use homogeneous fractions of degree zero. Since Γ(C,𝒪C)=K\Gamma(C,\mathcal O_C)=K, the two rings are plainly different.

The frames of 𝒪C(1)\mathcal O_C(1) on UXU_X and UZU_Z are XX and ZZ, with Z=t2XZ=t^2X on the overlap. Their pullbacks to K1\mathbb P_K^1 have frames u2u^2 and v2v^2 and transition v2=(v/u)2u2v^2=(v/u)^2u^2. These are exactly the gluing data for 𝒪K1(2)\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_K^1}(2).

As a numerical check, its global sections are represented by polynomials in tt of degree at most two, with basis 1,t,t21,t,t^2. The Čech complex has cokernel

K[t,t1]/(K[t]+t2K[t1])=0, K[t,t^{-1}]\big/\bigl(K[t]+t^2K[t^{-1}]\bigr)=0,

since the two subspaces together contain every Laurent monomial. Thus h0(𝒪C(1))=3h^0(\mathcal O_C(1))=3, h1(𝒪C(1))=0h^1(\mathcal O_C(1))=0, and χ(𝒪C(1))=3\chi(\mathcal O_C(1))=3, in accordance with BGK Theorem 27.4. The degree two of the conic is visible in the pulled-back twist, although the conic as a scheme is isomorphic to the projective line.

Checks and material provenance

Algebraic closedness is used to identify all closed points with KK-valued points. The chart calculations, scheme isomorphism, and length-two intersection hold over any field. Three objects that must not be confused are the homogeneous coordinate ring, the global section ring, and the function field.

The frozen parent revision of classical Lecture 28 is 1052516; that of BGK Lecture 12 is 1003742. The BGK entities on Proj charts and dehomogenisation have their own frozen identities. This independent problem, bridge exposition, and solution: CC BY-SA 4.0. Model provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. The credits to Holger Brenner and revision contributors, and the licences of source components, remain in force; no human authorship or review, or endorsement by the source author, is claimed.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

Integrative problem 12: source navigation and reconstruction of hypotheses

This is an independently written mathematical navigation problem, not an exercise from Holger Brenner’s source material. Its aim is to turn an overly broad argument into a correct statement by tracing results and hypotheses in the frozen source. All necessary information is supplied below; no new web search is needed.

Reading material and source identities

Use the following four locations in the BGK reader. The theorem numbers in the text and the suffixes of digital IDs do not always agree.

Result Translation location Frozen semantic-entity revision
Theorem 26.10: Čech comparison br-bgk-2019-l26-thm-01 1088414
Theorem 27.5: finiteness on projective space br-bgk-2019-l27-thm-03 1088405
Theorem 27.7: finiteness on projective schemes br-bgk-2019-l27-thm-05 1088399
Definition 27.8: Euler characteristic br-bgk-2019-l27-def-01 1091410

The parent lecture-page revisions are 793619 for Lecture 26 and 1070036 for Lecture 27. The parent pages include other entities by transclusion. The complete identity of the frozen edition therefore also includes those entity revisions, the manifest, and the expanded text.

Problem

Consider the following proposed argument, which is deliberately incorrect:

Let RR be a commutative ring, X=Proj(R[X0,,XN]/𝔞)X=\operatorname{Proj}(R[X_0,\ldots,X_N]/\mathfrak a) with 𝔞\mathfrak a homogeneous, and let \mathcal F be quasicoherent. The standard affine cover computes cohomology, so all Hq(X,)H^q(X,\mathcal F) are finite-dimensional over RR. Consequently q(1)qdimRHq(X,)\sum_q(-1)^q\dim_RH^q(X,\mathcal F) is always an integer-valued Euler characteristic.

  1. Separate the claims about computing cohomology, finite generation of modules, and vector space dimension. Find the correct hypotheses and exact source for each claim.
  2. Test the finiteness claim on X=K1X=\mathbb P_K^1 and =j0𝒪X\mathcal F=\bigoplus_{j\geq0}\mathcal O_X. Test the use of the word “dimension” when R=R=\mathbb Z and =𝒪1\mathcal F=\mathcal O_{\mathbb P_{\mathbb Z}^1}.
  3. In the induction step of the proof of Theorem 27.5, suppose we are given =j=1r𝒪(j)\mathcal E=\bigoplus_{j=1}^r\mathcal O(\ell_j) with rr finite, a surjection \mathcal E\to\mathcal F, and coherent kernel 𝒢\mathcal G. For an integer q1q\geq1, suppose RR is Noetherian and both Hq1()H^{q-1}(\mathcal E) and Hq(𝒢)H^q(\mathcal G) are finitely generated. Reconstruct the step proving finite generation of Hq1()H^{q-1}(\mathcal F), checking the image and kernel of each map.
  4. Explain why the parent-page revision alone does not fix the entire lecture content. What can and cannot be proved by a source SHA-256 hash?

Solution

1. Three claims with three scopes

First, Theorem 26.10 applies to a projective scheme over a commutative ring RR and a quasicoherent sheaf \mathcal F. Its conclusion is agreement of sheaf cohomology with Čech cohomology for the standard affine cover, not finite generation of modules. In this cover, every nonempty intersection is D+(Xi)D_+(\prod X_i) and is affine. Quasicoherence allows the vanishing of positive cohomology on those affine intersections to be used.

For an embedding in RN\mathbb P_R^N, this Čech complex has no terms of degree greater than NN. Thus it gives Hq(X,)=0H^q(X,\mathcal F)=0 for q>Nq>N. But having only finitely many terms in a complex does not mean that each term or its cohomology is finitely generated.

Second, Theorem 27.7 requires RR to be Noetherian, XX projective over RR, and \mathcal F coherent. Its conclusion is that Hq(X,)H^q(X,\mathcal F) is a finitely generated RR-module. Theorem 27.5 gives the same conclusion when X=RNX=\mathbb P_R^N. The word “quasicoherent” in the proposed argument must be strengthened to “coherent” to apply this result.

Third, to use dimK\dim_K as vector space dimension, take R=KR=K to be a field. A field is automatically Noetherian. For XX projective over KK and \mathcal F coherent, finite generation of modules becomes finite dimensionality of vector spaces. Definition 27.8 then gives

χ(X,)=q=0dimX(1)qdimKHq(X,). \chi(X,\mathcal F)= \sum_{q=0}^{\dim X}(-1)^q\dim_KH^q(X,\mathcal F).

The source definition uses the vanishing of cohomology above the dimension. To ensure that the infinite sum is actually finite, the bound q>Nq>N from the Čech complex also suffices in this setting with a fixed embedding. No algebraic-closedness hypothesis on KK is needed.

The corrected statement, briefly, is: on a projective scheme over a field, a coherent sheaf has finite-dimensional cohomology and only finitely many nonzero cohomology groups; the alternating sum of their dimensions is its Euler characteristic. Computing through Čech cohomology is a proof tool, not a substitute for the finiteness hypotheses.

2. Two tests separating the hypotheses

On U0=Spec(K[t])U_0=\operatorname{Spec}(K[t]) and U1=Spec(K[t1])U_1=\operatorname{Spec}(K[t^{-1}]), the sheaf =j0𝒪X\mathcal F=\bigoplus_{j\geq0}\mathcal O_X is associated to a free module of infinite rank. It is quasicoherent but not coherent: its stalk at the generic point, j0K(t)\bigoplus_{j\geq0}K(t), is not finitely generated.

Sections on each chart are tuples of finite support. A matching pair on the overlap uses only finitely many indices in total, since there are two charts. For each index, the gluing equation is aj(t)=bj(t1)a_j(t)=b_j(t^{-1}), so both polynomials must be constant. Consequently

H0(X,)=j0K. H^0(X,\mathcal F)=\bigoplus_{j\geq0}K.

This has infinite dimension. Theorem 26.10 still applies, but Theorem 27.7 cannot be applied to this sheaf. This is a concrete example showing that quasicoherence is insufficient for the finiteness conclusion on a projective scheme.

Now use 1\mathbb P_{\mathbb Z}^1. Matching polynomial pairs again give

H0(1,𝒪)=[t][t1]=. H^0(\mathbb P_{\mathbb Z}^1,\mathcal O) =\mathbb Z[t]\cap\mathbb Z[t^{-1}] =\mathbb Z.

This module is generated by 11, in accordance with the finiteness theorem, since \mathbb Z is Noetherian and 𝒪\mathcal O is coherent. However, \mathbb Z is not a field, so “vector space dimension over \mathbb Z” is undefined. Module rank can be discussed separately, but replacing dimension with rank is not a literal application of Definition 27.8 and must not be introduced without defining a new invariant.

3. Recovering the image–kernel step

The given short exact sequence is

0𝒢0. 0\longrightarrow\mathcal G\longrightarrow\mathcal E \longrightarrow\mathcal F\longrightarrow0.

The relevant part of its long exact cohomology sequence is

Hq1()ϵHq1()δHq(𝒢). H^{q-1}(\mathcal E)\xrightarrow{\epsilon} H^{q-1}(\mathcal F)\xrightarrow{\delta} H^q(\mathcal G).

Exactness means kerδ=imϵ\ker\delta=\operatorname{im}\epsilon. The first isomorphism theorem gives a short exact sequence

0imϵHq1()imδ0. 0\longrightarrow\operatorname{im}\epsilon \longrightarrow H^{q-1}(\mathcal F) \longrightarrow\operatorname{im}\delta \longrightarrow0.

The last term is the image of δ\delta, not kerδ\ker\delta. The translated source proof of Theorem 27.5 retains two inconsistencies already flagged by edition notes: the ambient index Rd\mathbb P_R^d in one place although the space under discussion is RN\mathbb P_R^N after renaming the indices; and a repeated assertion about finite generation of the kernel where finite generation of the image of δ\delta is needed. The reconstruction below is an independent explanation, not a silent alteration of the frozen text.

The module imϵ\operatorname{im}\epsilon is a quotient of Hq1()H^{q-1}(\mathcal E) and is therefore finitely generated: the image of a finite generating set still generates. The module imδ\operatorname{im}\delta is a submodule of Hq(𝒢)H^q(\mathcal G). Since RR is Noetherian, a submodule of a finitely generated module is also finitely generated. To recall why, first prove the claim for a submodule MRdM\subseteq R^d by induction on dd: projection to the last coordinate has image a finitely generated ideal, while its kernel is a submodule of Rd1R^{d-1}. Generators of the kernel together with lifts of generators of the image generate MM. For an arbitrary finitely generated module, take a surjection from RdR^d and apply this result to the inverse image of the submodule in question. Thus imδ\operatorname{im}\delta is finitely generated. This is where the Noetherian hypothesis is used.

Take generators a1,,asa_1,\ldots,a_s of imϵ\operatorname{im}\epsilon and b1,,btb_1,\ldots,b_t of imδ\operatorname{im}\delta. Choose lifts b̃i\widetilde b_i in Hq1()H^{q-1}(\mathcal F). For every vv in the middle module, write δ(v)=iribi\delta(v)=\sum_i r_i b_i. Then virib̃ikerδ=imϵv-\sum_i r_i\widetilde b_i\in\ker\delta=\operatorname{im}\epsilon, so it is a combination of a1,,asa_1,\ldots,a_s. The finite set

a1,,as,b̃1,,b̃t a_1,\ldots,a_s,\widetilde b_1,\ldots,\widetilde b_t

therefore generates Hq1()H^{q-1}(\mathcal F). All sheaf maps in this step are on the same ambient space RN\mathbb P_R^N. For this subproblem, the existence of \mathcal E, coherence of 𝒢\mathcal G, and the two cohomological finiteness statements are given data; the argument does not assume that they follow merely from exactness.

4. Source identity is not a theorem certificate

Parent revision 1070036 of Lecture 27 dates from 6 February 2026. In its frozen material, the Theorem 27.5 entity has revision 1088405, dated 30 May 2026, and its proof entity has revision 1101592, dated 17 June 2026. This does not mean that the parent page changed on those latter two dates: the entities it includes have their own revision histories. Opening the parent revision alone does not reliably reconstruct the entire transclusion closure used by the edition.

To identify the reading material, record the course title, result number, reader ID, parent-page revision, statement or proof entity revision, and the identities of the manifest and expanded text. In the freeze used by this problem, the SHA-256 hash of the expanded Lecture 27 text is

ee29b146c2ad0c14c25ea7c97662c294a2ec0424791999580bece98448531316. \begin{gathered} \text{ee29b146c2ad0c14c25ea7c97662c294a2}\\ \text{ec0424791999580bece98448531316}. \end{gathered}

Join the two lines without spaces to obtain one 64-digit hexadecimal hash. A matching hash ties the check to the same bytes as the recorded identity; it is not proof that every mathematical argument in those bytes is correct. The image–kernel inconsistency in the preceding part must still be resolved through exactness and module algebra. Conversely, a correct mathematical repair must not be reported as though it were an exact quotation from the source revision.

Self-check and material provenance

A complete answer distinguishes four things: the cover that computes cohomology, the finiteness conditions, the scalars that allow vector space dimension, and the identity of the referenced text. A quick test: if “coherent” is removed, the infinite direct-sum example defeats finiteness; if “field” is removed, vector space dimension notation is not automatically meaningful.

This independent problem, bridge exposition, and solution: CC BY-SA 4.0. Model provenance: OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra. The credits to Holger Brenner and revision contributors, and the licences of source components, remain in force. No human authorship or review is claimed, and this material implies no endorsement by the source author or institution.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0

One capstone: an affine neighbourhood containing zero and infinity

The aim of this exercise is to find the correct statement, recover hypotheses recorded on a preceding page, and fill one gap in a proof with a calculation of your own. There is still just one object: the projective line glued from two affine lines. This is one integrated exercise, not a tag inventory or extra mastery-bank problems.

The following problem and solution were independently written. The motivating example comes from The Stacks Project Authors; the prerequisites on sheaves, localisation, and morphisms come from Holger Brenner’s course. Stacks is used as a downstream reference, not as a translated source lecture.

Verified reading map

The following official pages were checked on 31 August 2026. Use tags as reference identities; chapter and lemma numbers displayed on the pages help navigation but may change. A permanent tag is not a frozen copy either: record the access date when reconstructing a source.

Official tag Identity displayed when checked Role in the exercise
01HR Section 26.5, Affine schemes Context for the spectrum construction with its sheaf.
01HW Definition 26.5.5 Meaning of an affine scheme as a locally ringed space.
01HV Lemma 26.5.4 Sections on principal opens and stalks.
01JA Section 26.14, Glueing schemes Complete hypotheses for gluing data.
01JB Lemma 26.14.1 Existence of the glued locally ringed space and its mapping properties.
01JC Lemma 26.14.2 Why gluing scheme pieces produces a scheme.
01JE Example 26.14.4, Projective line The example leaving an affine-neighbourhood proof to be supplied.

All six candidate tags are relevant, but they are not interchangeable: in particular, 01HW is not a gluing lemma. For the explicit assertion about Γ(D(f),𝒪)\Gamma(D(f),\mathcal O) and stalks, the section reference 01HR is sharpened to 01HV, linked directly from that section. No additional tags outside this route are needed.

Integrated problem

Take any field kk, without assuming algebraic closedness or characteristic zero. Put

X0=Spec(k[x]),X=Spec(k[y]). X_0=\operatorname{Spec}(k[x]),\qquad X_\infty=\operatorname{Spec}(k[y]).

Identify D(x)X0D(x)\subseteq X_0 with D(y)XD(y)\subseteq X_\infty through the ring isomorphism

k[y,y1]k[x,x1],yx1. k[y,y^{-1}]\longrightarrow k[x,x^{-1}],\qquad y\longmapsto x^{-1}.

Write PP for the gluing. The point 00 is represented by the ideal (x)(x); the point \infty by (y)(y). The point 11 is represented by (x1)(x-1) or (y1)(y-1). The final objective is to prove, as schemes, that

U=P\{1}Spec(k[s]),s=1x1=y1y, U=P\setminus\{1\}\cong\operatorname{Spec}(k[s]), \qquad s=\frac1{x-1}=\frac y{1-y},

and to explain why PP itself is not affine. Work through the following seven stages as one argument.

  1. From the actual titles and statements, distinguish a definition, hypotheses, an existence lemma, a local lemma, and an example. What remains to be read when 01JB merely says that gluing data are given?
  2. Write the directions of the space map and ring map, all domains, inverses, and the three-index conditions. Explain why PP is a scheme.
  3. Compute Γ(P,𝒪P)\Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P) and prove that PP is not affine without assuming that kk is infinite.
  4. Show that UU is open and contains 00 and \infty. Find the section rings on A=UX0A=U\cap X_0 and B=UXB=U\cap X_\infty, then prove that the two formulas for ss agree.
  5. Construct isomorphisms AD(s)A\cong D(s) and BD(s+1)B\cong D(s+1) in Spec(k[s])\operatorname{Spec}(k[s]), including inverse ring maps. Check their agreement on the overlap and finish the proof that UU is affine.
  6. Determine the ss coordinates, local rings, and residue fields of 00, \infty, and the generic point. Why must these three kinds of data not be interchanged?
  7. Correct two false shortcuts: “its global section ring is a polynomial ring, so the space is affine” and “the gluing lemma ensures that every gluing of affine pieces is still affine”. Identify the part of the proof that actually closes each gap.

Complete solution

1. Recovering a statement before using it

Tag 01HW gives a definition, not a theorem deducing affineness from the global section ring. Tag 01JB uses the data described in the introduction to 01JA. Reading the lemma page alone therefore does not recover all its hypotheses. We need locally ringed spaces XiX_i, open subsets UijXiU_{ij}\subseteq X_i, and isomorphisms φij:UijUji\varphi_{ij}:U_{ij}\to U_{ji}, with Uii=XiU_{ii}=X_i. For every i,j,ki,j,k we require

φij1(UjiUjk)=UijUik,φjkφij=φikon UijUik. \varphi_{ij}^{-1}(U_{ji}\cap U_{jk})=U_{ij}\cap U_{ik}, \qquad \varphi_{jk}\circ\varphi_{ij}=\varphi_{ik} \quad\text{on }U_{ij}\cap U_{ik}.

The first equality gives the composite in the second equality the correct domain. The conclusion of 01JB is still a locally ringed space. The additional hypothesis that each piece is a scheme allows 01JC to be applied. Tag 01JE supplies a particular example, not a substitute for the general hypotheses. This is the required chain of source use, following the introduction 01JA, Lemma 01JB, and Lemma 01JC.

2. Two pieces and gluing as a scheme

The space map φ0:D(x)D(y)\varphi_{0\infty}:D(x)\to D(y) runs in the opposite direction to φ0#:k[y,y1]k[x,x1]\varphi_{0\infty}^\#:k[y,y^{-1}]\to k[x,x^{-1}]. The inverse ring map sends xy1x\mapsto y^{-1}; both composites are identities on generators and therefore on the entire rings. Set U00=X0U_{00}=X_0, U=XU_{\infty\infty}=X_\infty with their identities, and U0=D(x)U_{0\infty}=D(x), U0=D(y)U_{\infty0}=D(y).

With only two indices, every three-index condition reduces to an identity or the inverse relations above. The image of D(x)D(x) is exactly D(y)D(y), so the composition domains also agree. A ring isomorphism induces a scheme isomorphism, not just a point map; this also follows from Brenner, Corollary 10.10. Tag 01JB then provides the gluing and its open cover. Every point lies in one of the affine pieces; this is the local reason in 01JC that PP is a scheme. This construction is the projective line in Example 01JE.

3. Global does not mean affine

The sheaf condition gives

Γ(P,𝒪P)={(f(x),g(y))k[x]×k[y]:f(x)=g(x1) in k[x,x1]}. \Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P) =\{(f(x),g(y))\in k[x]\times k[y]: f(x)=g(x^{-1})\text{ in }k[x,x^{-1}]\}.

In the Laurent ring, the monomials xnx^n, nn\in\mathbb Z, are linearly independent over kk. The left-hand side of the equation has only nonnegative powers; the right-hand side has only nonpositive powers. Equality forces all coefficients except that of power zero to vanish. The two constants must agree, so Γ(P,𝒪P)k\Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P)\cong k.

If PP were affine, write PSpec(R)P\cong\operatorname{Spec}(R). The global section formula in 01HV gives RkR\cong k, so PP would have only one point. Yet 00 and \infty are distinct: neither lies in the region identified during gluing. This is a contradiction. The proof also works over finite fields; we are not counting only kk-rational points and do not need an argument that PP is infinite.

4. A section replacing the coordinate

The point 11 is the same on both charts because the inverse of 1k1\in k is still 11. Its complement on each chart is a principal open, so UU is open in the glued space, and

A=D(x1)X0,B=D(y1)X, A=D(x-1)\subseteq X_0,\qquad B=D(y-1)\subseteq X_\infty,

Γ(A,𝒪)=k[x,(x1)1],Γ(B,𝒪)=k[y,(1y)1]. \Gamma(A,\mathcal O)=k[x,(x-1)^{-1}],\qquad \Gamma(B,\mathcal O)=k[y,(1-y)^{-1}].

Using 1y1-y or y1y-1 does not change the localisation, since 1-1 is a unit. The points 00 and \infty are not removed because 010\ne1 in a field. On ABA\cap B, both xx and x1x-1 are invertible and y=x1y=x^{-1}. Hence

y1y=x11x1=1x1. \frac{y}{1-y} =\frac{x^{-1}}{1-x^{-1}} =\frac1{x-1}.

The two local sections are compatible, so the sheaf axiom gives a unique section sΓ(U,𝒪U)s\in\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U). This axiom is Brenner, Definition 4.1; the localisation formula is Lemma 9.12.

5. Proving affineness with two local inverses

Write T=Spec(k[s])T=\operatorname{Spec}(k[s]), with ss on this side an indeterminate. The section just constructed determines a morphism h:UTh:U\to T through k[s]Γ(U,𝒪U)k[s]\to\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U). Its existence and uniqueness use Brenner, Theorem 10.9: the source is a locally ringed space and the target is an affine scheme.

On AA, the section s=(x1)1s=(x-1)^{-1} is a unit, so h|Ah|_A factors through D(s)TD(s)\subseteq T. Its ring map and inverse are

k[s,s1]k[x,(x1)1],s(x1)1,s1x1,k[x,(x1)1]k[s,s1],x1+s1,(x1)1s. \begin{aligned} k[s,s^{-1}]&\longrightarrow k[x,(x-1)^{-1}], &s&\longmapsto (x-1)^{-1},\quad s^{-1}\longmapsto x-1,\\ k[x,(x-1)^{-1}]&\longrightarrow k[s,s^{-1}], &x&\longmapsto 1+s^{-1},\quad (x-1)^{-1}\longmapsto s. \end{aligned}

Both composites are identities on generators; in particular, (1+s1)1=s1(1+s^{-1})-1=s^{-1}. Thus AD(s)A\cong D(s). On BB we have s+1=(1y)1s+1=(1-y)^{-1}, so the following inverse pair gives BD(s+1)B\cong D(s+1):

k[s,(s+1)1]k[y,(1y)1],sy1y,(s+1)11y,k[y,(1y)1]k[s,(s+1)1],yss+1,(1y)1s+1. \begin{aligned} k[s,(s+1)^{-1}]&\longrightarrow k[y,(1-y)^{-1}], &s&\longmapsto \frac y{1-y},\quad (s+1)^{-1}\longmapsto 1-y,\\ k[y,(1-y)^{-1}]&\longrightarrow k[s,(s+1)^{-1}], &y&\longmapsto \frac s{s+1},\quad (1-y)^{-1}\longmapsto s+1. \end{aligned}

Here 1s/(s+1)=1/(s+1)1-s/(s+1)=1/(s+1); substitution on yy and ss also returns the original generators. No division is by an element not already inverted in the ring concerned.

The two opens of TT cover it: the ideal (s,s+1)(s,s+1) is the unit ideal because (s+1)s=1(s+1)-s=1. Now check the overlap, not just two separate formulas. On D(s(s+1))D(s(s+1)), the inverse of the first chart gives

x=1+s1=s+1s, x=1+s^{-1}=\frac{s+1}{s},

and the inverse of the second gives y=s/(s+1)y=s/(s+1). Both are units and xy=1xy=1, exactly the transition relation forming PP. Under AD(s)A\cong D(s), the overlap AB=D(x(x1))A\cap B=D(x(x-1)) corresponds to D(s(s+1))D(s(s+1)), because s+1=x/(x1)s+1=x/(x-1). The same statement on BB follows from s=y/(1y)s=y/(1-y).

Thus the two local inverses agree as morphisms to UU on the overlap. They glue to g:TUg:T\to U. On the cover D(s),D(s+1)D(s),D(s+1), the composite hgh\circ g is the identity; on the cover A,BA,B, ghg\circ h is the identity. Equality of morphisms can be checked on an open cover: the point maps and section pullbacks agree locally, hence globally by uniqueness of gluing. Therefore g=h1g=h^{-1} and

USpec(k[s]),Γ(U,𝒪U)k[s]. U\cong\operatorname{Spec}(k[s]), \qquad\Gamma(U,\mathcal O_U)\cong k[s].

The order matters: here affineness is proved by a scheme isomorphism, and the global section ring is obtained afterwards. This supplies the details omitted in Example 01JE.

6. Coordinates, germs, and values

At 00, we have x=0x=0, so s=1s=-1; at \infty, we have y=0y=0, so s=0s=0. The charts have the same generic point after gluing, since the function-field isomorphism identifies y=x1y=x^{-1}. The isomorphism in stage 5 gives the following table.

Point of UU Ideal of k[s]k[s] Local ring Residue field
00 (s+1)(s+1) k[s](s+1)k[s]_{(s+1)} kk
\infty (s)(s) k[s](s)k[s]_{(s)} kk
Generic η\eta (0)(0) k(s)k(s) k(s)k(s)

The stalk formula used applies to any prime point, not just closed points; see 01HV. At 00, the element s+1s+1 is a nonzero germ but has value zero after quotienting by the maximal ideal. At η\eta, the value of ss is a transcendental element of k(s)k(s), not a chosen member of kk. Thus a coordinate as a section, a germ as an element of a local ring, and a value as an element of a residue field are different types of objects.

7. Checking the two shortcuts

A global section ring does not determine an arbitrary scheme. Already in stage 3, PP and Spec(k)\operatorname{Spec}(k) have isomorphic global section rings but are not isomorphic schemes. To conclude that UU is affine, we genuinely need stage 5: correct domains, inverse ring maps, agreement on the overlap, and a cover of all of TT.

Likewise, the conclusion of 01JC is scheme, not affine scheme. The object PP itself refutes that erroneous strengthening. Definition 01HW requires a global isomorphism to a spectrum; the existence of affine charts alone only satisfies the definition of a scheme. No finiteness, algebraic-closedness, or characteristic hypothesis on the field is hidden in this calculation.

Oral-proof rubric for self-study

Close the solution and explain one connected proof in about ten minutes, writing down the necessary ring maps. Score each aspect 0 if you cannot yet explain it, 1 if the idea is correct but one gap remains, and 2 if all its requirements are met.

Aspect Requirements for a score of 2
Source identity Distinguish 01HW, 01JB, and 01JC, and find the hypotheses of 01JB in 01JA.
Domains and directions Write D(x)D(y)D(x)\to D(y) with the opposite-direction ring map and its inverse.
Global argument Compute Γ(P,𝒪P)=k\Gamma(P,\mathcal O_P)=k using Laurent polynomials and disprove affineness with two points.
Affine-neighbourhood proof Give both pairs of inverse maps, show D(s)D(s+1)=TD(s)\cup D(s+1)=T, and check xy=1xy=1 on the overlap.
Object types and hypotheses Distinguish sections, stalks, and residue fields, and explain why an arbitrary field suffices.

A score of 8–10 indicates that you can reconstruct the main argument; choose an aspect scored below 2 to revisit. A score of 4–7 suggests repeating stages 4–5, writing out every localisation. A score of 0–3 suggests returning to the prerequisite bridge on sheaves and morphisms, then redoing stages 1–2. This score is only a self-study diagnostic: not a certification, not a claim of human review, and not a condition for constructing, validating, or publishing the material.

Credits and boundaries of the original layer

The problem design, expanded proof, explanations of errors, and rubric are an original editorial layer by OpenAI Codex gpt-5.6-sol, Ultra., licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0. Stacks examples and results remain credited to The Stacks Project Authors, with their source rights in force; this layer’s licence does not relicense the Stacks website. The Brenner references use Lecture 4, revision 1003714, Lecture 9, revision 793634, and Lecture 10, revision 1003733. Credits to Holger Brenner, contributors, and translations, and rights of source components, are preserved. No endorsement, authorship, or human review by source authors or institutions is implied.

English Markdown source · Licence: CC BY-SA 4.0